xref: /openbmc/linux/include/net/cfg80211.h (revision 9b5db89e)
1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H
3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H
4 /*
5  * 802.11 device and configuration interface
6  *
7  * Copyright 2006-2010	Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
8  * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
9  * Copyright 2015-2017	Intel Deutschland GmbH
10  * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation
11  */
12 
13 #include <linux/netdevice.h>
14 #include <linux/debugfs.h>
15 #include <linux/list.h>
16 #include <linux/bug.h>
17 #include <linux/netlink.h>
18 #include <linux/skbuff.h>
19 #include <linux/nl80211.h>
20 #include <linux/if_ether.h>
21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h>
22 #include <linux/net.h>
23 #include <net/regulatory.h>
24 
25 /**
26  * DOC: Introduction
27  *
28  * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges
29  * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated
30  * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used
31  * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent
32  * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers
33  * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely.
34  *
35  * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum
36  * use restrictions.
37  */
38 
39 
40 /**
41  * DOC: Device registration
42  *
43  * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device
44  * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs
45  * described below.
46  *
47  * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each
48  * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each
49  * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with
50  * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's
51  * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes
52  * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the
53  * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating
54  * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the
55  * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful.
56  *
57  * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has
58  * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and
59  * structures here describe these capabilities in detail.
60  */
61 
62 struct wiphy;
63 
64 /*
65  * wireless hardware capability structures
66  */
67 
68 /**
69  * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags
70  *
71  * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code.
72  *
73  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled.
74  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes
75  * 	sending probe requests or beaconing.
76  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel.
77  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel
78  * 	is not permitted.
79  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel
80  * 	is not permitted.
81  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel.
82  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band,
83  *	this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this
84  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
85  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
86  *	restrictions.
87  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band,
88  *	this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this
89  *	channel as the control or any of the secondary channels.
90  *	This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth
91  *	restrictions.
92  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
93  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
94  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
95  *	on this channel.
96  * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted
97  *	on this channel.
98  *
99  */
100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags {
101 	IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED		= 1<<0,
102 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR		= 1<<1,
103 	/* hole at 1<<2 */
104 	IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR		= 1<<3,
105 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS	= 1<<4,
106 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS	= 1<<5,
107 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM		= 1<<6,
108 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ		= 1<<7,
109 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ	= 1<<8,
110 	IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY	= 1<<9,
111 	IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT	= 1<<10,
112 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ		= 1<<11,
113 	IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ		= 1<<12,
114 };
115 
116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \
117 	(IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS)
118 
119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS		60000
120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS		(30 * 60 * 1000)
121 
122 /**
123  * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition
124  *
125  * This structure describes a single channel for use
126  * with cfg80211.
127  *
128  * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz
129  * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel
130  * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags.
131  * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory
132  *	code to support devices with additional restrictions
133  * @band: band this channel belongs to.
134  * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi
135  * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm)
136  * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm)
137  * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon
138  *	has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon()
139  *	to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band.
140  * @orig_mag: internal use
141  * @orig_mpwr: internal use
142  * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required
143  *	on this channel.
144  * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
145  * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels.
146  */
147 struct ieee80211_channel {
148 	enum nl80211_band band;
149 	u32 center_freq;
150 	u16 hw_value;
151 	u32 flags;
152 	int max_antenna_gain;
153 	int max_power;
154 	int max_reg_power;
155 	bool beacon_found;
156 	u32 orig_flags;
157 	int orig_mag, orig_mpwr;
158 	enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state;
159 	unsigned long dfs_state_entered;
160 	unsigned int dfs_cac_ms;
161 };
162 
163 /**
164  * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags
165  *
166  * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured
167  * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for
168  * different bands/PHY modes.
169  *
170  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short
171  *	preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and
172  *	with CCK rates.
173  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
174  *	when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the
175  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
176  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
177  *	when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
178  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
179  * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate
180  *	when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the
181  *	core code when registering the wiphy.
182  * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode.
183  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode
184  * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode
185  */
186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags {
187 	IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<0,
188 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A	= 1<<1,
189 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B	= 1<<2,
190 	IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G	= 1<<3,
191 	IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G		= 1<<4,
192 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ	= 1<<5,
193 	IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ	= 1<<6,
194 };
195 
196 /**
197  * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter
198  *
199  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS
200  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS
201  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS
202  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS
203  * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type
204  */
205 enum ieee80211_bss_type {
206 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS,
207 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS,
208 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
209 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS,
210 	IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY
211 };
212 
213 /**
214  * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter
215  *
216  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set
217  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear
218  * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting
219  */
220 enum ieee80211_privacy {
221 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON,
222 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF,
223 	IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY
224 };
225 
226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x)	\
227 	((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF)
228 
229 /**
230  * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition
231  *
232  * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can
233  * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short
234  * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are
235  * passed around.
236  *
237  * @flags: rate-specific flags
238  * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps
239  * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate
240  * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when
241  *	short preamble is used
242  */
243 struct ieee80211_rate {
244 	u32 flags;
245 	u16 bitrate;
246 	u16 hw_value, hw_value_short;
247 };
248 
249 /**
250  * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities
251  *
252  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
253  * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA.
254  *
255  * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA
256  * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec
257  * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor
258  * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing
259  * @mcs: Supported MCS rates
260  */
261 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap {
262 	u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */
263 	bool ht_supported;
264 	u8 ampdu_factor;
265 	u8 ampdu_density;
266 	struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs;
267 };
268 
269 /**
270  * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities
271  *
272  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
273  * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA.
274  *
275  * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA
276  * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec
277  * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates
278  */
279 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap {
280 	bool vht_supported;
281 	u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */
282 	struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs;
283 };
284 
285 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN		25
286 
287 /**
288  * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities
289  *
290  * This structure describes most essential parameters needed
291  * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA.
292  *
293  * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid.
294  * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element.
295  * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations.
296  * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data.
297  */
298 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap {
299 	bool has_he;
300 	struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem;
301 	struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp;
302 	u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN];
303 };
304 
305 /**
306  * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data
307  *
308  * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the
309  * interface types defined in @types_mask.  Each type in the
310  * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data.
311  *
312  * @types_mask: interface types mask
313  * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities
314  */
315 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data {
316 	u16 types_mask;
317 	struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
318 };
319 
320 /**
321  * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition
322  *
323  * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy
324  * is able to operate in.
325  *
326  * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in
327  *	in this band.
328  * @band: the band this structure represents
329  * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels
330  * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with
331  *	in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported
332  *	rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM.
333  * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates
334  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band
335  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band
336  * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries
337  * @iftype_data: interface type data entries.  Note that the bits in
338  *	@types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only
339  *	one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of
340  *	iftype_data).
341  */
342 struct ieee80211_supported_band {
343 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels;
344 	struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates;
345 	enum nl80211_band band;
346 	int n_channels;
347 	int n_bitrates;
348 	struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
349 	struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
350 	u16 n_iftype_data;
351 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data;
352 };
353 
354 /**
355  * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype
356  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
357  * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype
358  *
359  * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found
360  */
361 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *
362 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
363 				u8 iftype)
364 {
365 	int i;
366 
367 	if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX))
368 		return NULL;
369 
370 	for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++)  {
371 		const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
372 			&sband->iftype_data[i];
373 
374 		if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype))
375 			return data;
376 	}
377 
378 	return NULL;
379 }
380 
381 /**
382  * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA
383  * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on
384  *
385  * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found
386  */
387 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap *
388 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband)
389 {
390 	const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data =
391 		ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION);
392 
393 	if (data && data->he_cap.has_he)
394 		return &data->he_cap;
395 
396 	return NULL;
397 }
398 
399 /**
400  * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree
401  *
402  * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for
403  *
404  * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful
405  * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board
406  * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier).
407  *
408  * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable
409  * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with
410  * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make
411  * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified
412  * without affecting other devices.
413  *
414  * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev.
415  * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first.
416  * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register().
417  */
418 #ifdef CONFIG_OF
419 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy);
420 #else /* CONFIG_OF */
421 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy)
422 {
423 }
424 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */
425 
426 
427 /*
428  * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods
429  */
430 
431 /**
432  * DOC: Actions and configuration
433  *
434  * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration
435  * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these
436  * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these
437  * operations use are described separately.
438  *
439  * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status
440  * information via some functions that drivers need to call.
441  *
442  * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described
443  * in a separate chapter.
444  */
445 
446 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\
447 				    WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN)
448 
449 /**
450  * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters
451  * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise
452  *	%MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set
453  * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames
454  * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface.
455  *	If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may
456  *	determine the address as needed.
457  *	This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the
458  *	%NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag.  Others may support creating
459  **	only p2p devices with specified MAC.
460  * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets
461  *	belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed
462  * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring
463  *	MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed
464  */
465 struct vif_params {
466 	u32 flags;
467 	int use_4addr;
468 	u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN];
469 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups;
470 	const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr;
471 };
472 
473 /**
474  * struct key_params - key information
475  *
476  * Information about a key
477  *
478  * @key: key material
479  * @key_len: length of key material
480  * @cipher: cipher suite selector
481  * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used
482  *	with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian,
483  *	length given by @seq_len.
484  * @seq_len: length of @seq.
485  * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX)
486  */
487 struct key_params {
488 	const u8 *key;
489 	const u8 *seq;
490 	int key_len;
491 	int seq_len;
492 	u32 cipher;
493 	enum nl80211_key_mode mode;
494 };
495 
496 /**
497  * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition
498  * @chan: the (control) channel
499  * @width: channel width
500  * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment
501  * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment
502  *	(only with 80+80 MHz)
503  */
504 struct cfg80211_chan_def {
505 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
506 	enum nl80211_chan_width width;
507 	u32 center_freq1;
508 	u32 center_freq2;
509 };
510 
511 /**
512  * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef
513  * @chandef: the channel definition
514  *
515  * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given
516  * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion.
517  */
518 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type
519 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
520 {
521 	switch (chandef->width) {
522 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT:
523 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
524 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20:
525 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT20;
526 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40:
527 		if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq)
528 			return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS;
529 		return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS;
530 	default:
531 		WARN_ON(1);
532 		return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT;
533 	}
534 }
535 
536 /**
537  * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type
538  * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill
539  * @channel: the control channel
540  * @chantype: the channel type
541  *
542  * Given a channel type, create a channel definition.
543  */
544 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
545 			     struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
546 			     enum nl80211_channel_type chantype);
547 
548 /**
549  * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical
550  * @chandef1: first channel definition
551  * @chandef2: second channel definition
552  *
553  * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are
554  * identical, %false otherwise.
555  */
556 static inline bool
557 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
558 			   const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2)
559 {
560 	return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan &&
561 		chandef1->width == chandef2->width &&
562 		chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 &&
563 		chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2);
564 }
565 
566 /**
567  * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible
568  * @chandef1: first channel definition
569  * @chandef2: second channel definition
570  *
571  * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible,
572  * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise.
573  */
574 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *
575 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1,
576 			    const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2);
577 
578 /**
579  * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid
580  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
581  * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise.
582  */
583 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
584 
585 /**
586  * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used
587  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
588  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
589  * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set
590  * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise.
591  */
592 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy,
593 			     const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
594 			     u32 prohibited_flags);
595 
596 /**
597  * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required
598  * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against
599  * @chandef: the channel definition to check
600  * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype
601  * Returns:
602  *	1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error
603  */
604 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy,
605 				  const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
606 				  enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
607 
608 /**
609  * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel
610  *
611  * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK
612  * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels.
613  *
614  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
615  *
616  * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel
617  */
618 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags
619 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
620 {
621 	switch (chandef->width) {
622 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
623 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ;
624 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
625 		return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ;
626 	default:
627 		break;
628 	}
629 	return 0;
630 }
631 
632 /**
633  * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef
634  *
635  * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel
636  * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual
637  * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels.
638  *
639  * @chandef: channel definition for the channel
640  *
641  * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef
642  */
643 static inline int
644 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
645 {
646 	switch (chandef->width) {
647 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
648 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6,
649 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
650 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
651 		return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3,
652 			   chandef->chan->max_power);
653 	default:
654 		break;
655 	}
656 	return chandef->chan->max_power;
657 }
658 
659 /**
660  * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags
661  *
662  * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in
663  * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
664  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in
665  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in
666  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in
667  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in
668  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in
669  * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in
670  *
671  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info
672  * it has filled in during the get_survey().
673  */
674 enum survey_info_flags {
675 	SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM		= BIT(0),
676 	SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE		= BIT(1),
677 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME		= BIT(2),
678 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY		= BIT(3),
679 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY	= BIT(4),
680 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX		= BIT(5),
681 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX		= BIT(6),
682 	SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN		= BIT(7),
683 };
684 
685 /**
686  * struct survey_info - channel survey response
687  *
688  * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single
689  *	record to report global statistics
690  * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags
691  * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are
692  *	optional
693  * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel)
694  * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy
695  * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy
696  * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data
697  * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data
698  * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning
699  *
700  * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information.
701  *
702  * This structure can later be expanded with things like
703  * channel duty cycle etc.
704  */
705 struct survey_info {
706 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
707 	u64 time;
708 	u64 time_busy;
709 	u64 time_ext_busy;
710 	u64 time_rx;
711 	u64 time_tx;
712 	u64 time_scan;
713 	u32 filled;
714 	s8 noise;
715 };
716 
717 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS	4
718 
719 /**
720  * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings
721  * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled
722  *	(from enum nl80211_wpa_versions)
723  * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset)
724  * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers
725  * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites
726  * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites
727  * @akm_suites: AKM suites
728  * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
729  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
730  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
731  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
732  * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be
733  *	allowed through even on unauthorized ports
734  * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port
735  *	protocol frames.
736  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
737  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
738  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
739  *	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
740  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
741  * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload)
742  */
743 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings {
744 	u32 wpa_versions;
745 	u32 cipher_group;
746 	int n_ciphers_pairwise;
747 	u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES];
748 	int n_akm_suites;
749 	u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES];
750 	bool control_port;
751 	__be16 control_port_ethertype;
752 	bool control_port_no_encrypt;
753 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
754 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
755 	int wep_tx_key;
756 	const u8 *psk;
757 };
758 
759 /**
760  * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data
761  * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE)
762  *	or %NULL if not changed
763  * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE)
764  *	or %NULL if not changed
765  * @head_len: length of @head
766  * @tail_len: length of @tail
767  * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL
768  * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets
769  * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response
770  *	frames or %NULL
771  * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets
772  * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association
773  *	Response frames or %NULL
774  * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets
775  * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp)
776  * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only)
777  * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change
778  *	(which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data)
779  * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token
780  *	(measurement type 8)
781  * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement
782  *	Token (measurement type 11)
783  * @lci_len: LCI data length
784  * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length
785  */
786 struct cfg80211_beacon_data {
787 	const u8 *head, *tail;
788 	const u8 *beacon_ies;
789 	const u8 *proberesp_ies;
790 	const u8 *assocresp_ies;
791 	const u8 *probe_resp;
792 	const u8 *lci;
793 	const u8 *civicloc;
794 	s8 ftm_responder;
795 
796 	size_t head_len, tail_len;
797 	size_t beacon_ies_len;
798 	size_t proberesp_ies_len;
799 	size_t assocresp_ies_len;
800 	size_t probe_resp_len;
801 	size_t lci_len;
802 	size_t civicloc_len;
803 };
804 
805 struct mac_address {
806 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
807 };
808 
809 /**
810  * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data
811  *
812  * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's
813  *	entry specified by mac_addr
814  * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed
815  * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL
816  */
817 struct cfg80211_acl_data {
818 	enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy;
819 	int n_acl_entries;
820 
821 	/* Keep it last */
822 	struct mac_address mac_addrs[];
823 };
824 
825 /*
826  * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control
827  */
828 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask {
829 	struct {
830 		u32 legacy;
831 		u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN];
832 		u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX];
833 		enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi;
834 	} control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
835 };
836 
837 /**
838  * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
839  *
840  * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings
841  *
842  * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication
843  */
844 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags {
845 	AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0),
846 };
847 
848 /**
849  * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration
850  *
851  * Used to configure an AP interface.
852  *
853  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
854  * @beacon: beacon data
855  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
856  * @dtim_period: DTIM period
857  * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from
858  *	user space)
859  * @ssid_len: length of @ssid
860  * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames
861  * @crypto: crypto settings
862  * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy
863  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
864  * @smps_mode: SMPS mode
865  * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity.
866  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window
867  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS
868  * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for
869  *	MAC address based access control
870  * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG
871  *	networks.
872  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
873  * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled)
874  * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled)
875  * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled)
876  * @ht_required: stations must support HT
877  * @vht_required: stations must support VHT
878  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags
879  */
880 struct cfg80211_ap_settings {
881 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
882 
883 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon;
884 
885 	int beacon_interval, dtim_period;
886 	const u8 *ssid;
887 	size_t ssid_len;
888 	enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid;
889 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
890 	bool privacy;
891 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
892 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
893 	int inactivity_timeout;
894 	u8 p2p_ctwindow;
895 	bool p2p_opp_ps;
896 	const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl;
897 	bool pbss;
898 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
899 
900 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap;
901 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap;
902 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap;
903 	bool ht_required, vht_required;
904 	u32 flags;
905 };
906 
907 /**
908  * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings
909  *
910  * Used for channel switch
911  *
912  * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch
913  * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch
914  * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail)
915  * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response
916  * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail)
917  * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response
918  * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel
919  * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel
920  * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing
921  * @count: number of beacons until switch
922  */
923 struct cfg80211_csa_settings {
924 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
925 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa;
926 	const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon;
927 	const u16 *counter_offsets_presp;
928 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon;
929 	unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp;
930 	struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after;
931 	bool radar_required;
932 	bool block_tx;
933 	u8 count;
934 };
935 
936 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10
937 
938 /**
939  * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations
940  *
941  * Used to pass interface combination parameters
942  *
943  * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want
944  *	to use for verification
945  * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel
946  *	width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of
947  *	&struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths
948  * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface
949  *	type.  The index is the interface type as specified in &enum
950  *	nl80211_iftype.
951  * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface
952  *	that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of
953  *	the verification
954  */
955 struct iface_combination_params {
956 	int num_different_channels;
957 	u8 radar_detect;
958 	int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES];
959 	u32 new_beacon_int;
960 };
961 
962 /**
963  * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply
964  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp)
965  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability
966  * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state
967  *
968  * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling,
969  * for those that don't these flags will are used.
970  */
971 enum station_parameters_apply_mask {
972 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0),
973 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1),
974 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2),
975 	STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3),
976 };
977 
978 /**
979  * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
980  *
981  * Used to configure txpower for station.
982  *
983  * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power
984  *	is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be
985  *	overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx
986  *	power per-interface or per-station.
987  * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
988  *	will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
989  *	%type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
990  *	NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
991  *	per peer TPC.
992  */
993 struct sta_txpwr {
994 	s16 power;
995 	enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
996 };
997 
998 /**
999  * struct station_parameters - station parameters
1000  *
1001  * Used to change and create a new station.
1002  *
1003  * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to
1004  * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1005  *	(or NULL for no change)
1006  * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates
1007  * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed
1008  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1009  * @sta_flags_set: station flags values
1010  *	(bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...))
1011  * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change
1012  * @aid: AID or zero for no change
1013  * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change
1014  * @plink_action: plink action to take
1015  * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station
1016  * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station
1017  * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station
1018  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format
1019  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
1020  * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the
1021  *	QoS info field (but already shifted down)
1022  * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed
1023  *	(for those that don't have a natural "no change" value),
1024  *	see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask
1025  * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set
1026  *	to unknown)
1027  * @capability: station capability
1028  * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station
1029  * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities
1030  * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format
1031  * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels
1032  * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format
1033  * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes
1034  * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification
1035  * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used
1036  * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism
1037  * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station
1038  * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities
1039  * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station
1040  */
1041 struct station_parameters {
1042 	const u8 *supported_rates;
1043 	struct net_device *vlan;
1044 	u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set;
1045 	u32 sta_modify_mask;
1046 	int listen_interval;
1047 	u16 aid;
1048 	u16 peer_aid;
1049 	u8 supported_rates_len;
1050 	u8 plink_action;
1051 	u8 plink_state;
1052 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa;
1053 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa;
1054 	u8 uapsd_queues;
1055 	u8 max_sp;
1056 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1057 	u16 capability;
1058 	const u8 *ext_capab;
1059 	u8 ext_capab_len;
1060 	const u8 *supported_channels;
1061 	u8 supported_channels_len;
1062 	const u8 *supported_oper_classes;
1063 	u8 supported_oper_classes_len;
1064 	u8 opmode_notif;
1065 	bool opmode_notif_used;
1066 	int support_p2p_ps;
1067 	const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa;
1068 	u8 he_capa_len;
1069 	u16 airtime_weight;
1070 	struct sta_txpwr txpwr;
1071 };
1072 
1073 /**
1074  * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters
1075  *
1076  * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations).
1077  *
1078  * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations
1079  * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal
1080  *	(10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication)
1081  * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame
1082  */
1083 struct station_del_parameters {
1084 	const u8 *mac;
1085 	u8 subtype;
1086 	u16 reason_code;
1087 };
1088 
1089 /**
1090  * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified
1091  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface
1092  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still
1093  *	unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted)
1094  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has
1095  *	the AP MLME in the device
1096  * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface
1097  * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station
1098  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry
1099  *	while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when
1100  *	being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is
1101  *	supported/used)
1102  * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active
1103  *	entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace)
1104  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed)
1105  * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed)
1106  */
1107 enum cfg80211_station_type {
1108 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT,
1109 	CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC,
1110 	CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT,
1111 	CFG80211_STA_AP_STA,
1112 	CFG80211_STA_IBSS,
1113 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP,
1114 	CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE,
1115 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL,
1116 	CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER,
1117 };
1118 
1119 /**
1120  * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes
1121  * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on
1122  * @params: the new parameters for a station
1123  * @statype: the type of station being modified
1124  *
1125  * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function
1126  * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that
1127  * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if
1128  * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for
1129  * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this.
1130  */
1131 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy,
1132 				  struct station_parameters *params,
1133 				  enum cfg80211_station_type statype);
1134 
1135 /**
1136  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1137  *
1138  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1139  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1140  *
1141  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS
1142  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS
1143  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
1144  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G: 60GHz MCS
1145  * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information
1146  */
1147 enum rate_info_flags {
1148 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS			= BIT(0),
1149 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS			= BIT(1),
1150 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI		= BIT(2),
1151 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_60G			= BIT(3),
1152 	RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS			= BIT(4),
1153 };
1154 
1155 /**
1156  * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information
1157  *
1158  * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth.
1159  *
1160  * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth
1161  * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth
1162  * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth
1163  * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth
1164  * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth
1165  * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth
1166  * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation
1167  */
1168 enum rate_info_bw {
1169 	RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0,
1170 	RATE_INFO_BW_5,
1171 	RATE_INFO_BW_10,
1172 	RATE_INFO_BW_40,
1173 	RATE_INFO_BW_80,
1174 	RATE_INFO_BW_160,
1175 	RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU,
1176 };
1177 
1178 /**
1179  * struct rate_info - bitrate information
1180  *
1181  * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate
1182  *
1183  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags
1184  * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate
1185  * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg
1186  * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only)
1187  * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw)
1188  * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi)
1189  * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
1190  * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc,
1191  *	only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU)
1192  */
1193 struct rate_info {
1194 	u8 flags;
1195 	u8 mcs;
1196 	u16 legacy;
1197 	u8 nss;
1198 	u8 bw;
1199 	u8 he_gi;
1200 	u8 he_dcm;
1201 	u8 he_ru_alloc;
1202 };
1203 
1204 /**
1205  * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags
1206  *
1207  * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission
1208  * type for 802.11n transmissions.
1209  *
1210  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled
1211  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1212  * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
1213  */
1214 enum bss_param_flags {
1215 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT	= 1<<0,
1216 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE	= 1<<1,
1217 	BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME	= 1<<2,
1218 };
1219 
1220 /**
1221  * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station
1222  *
1223  * Information about the currently associated BSS
1224  *
1225  * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags
1226  * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS
1227  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval
1228  */
1229 struct sta_bss_parameters {
1230 	u8 flags;
1231 	u8 dtim_period;
1232 	u16 beacon_interval;
1233 };
1234 
1235 /**
1236  * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID
1237  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to
1238  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1239  * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged
1240  * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged
1241  * @flows: number of new flows seen
1242  * @drops: total number of packets dropped
1243  * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE
1244  * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow
1245  * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
1246  * @collisions: number of hash collisions
1247  * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued
1248  * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued
1249  * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported
1250  */
1251 struct cfg80211_txq_stats {
1252 	u32 filled;
1253 	u32 backlog_bytes;
1254 	u32 backlog_packets;
1255 	u32 flows;
1256 	u32 drops;
1257 	u32 ecn_marks;
1258 	u32 overlimit;
1259 	u32 overmemory;
1260 	u32 collisions;
1261 	u32 tx_bytes;
1262 	u32 tx_packets;
1263 	u32 max_flows;
1264 };
1265 
1266 /**
1267  * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics
1268  * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to
1269  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled
1270  * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs
1271  * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs
1272  * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for
1273  *	transmitted MSDUs
1274  * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs
1275  * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics
1276  */
1277 struct cfg80211_tid_stats {
1278 	u32 filled;
1279 	u64 rx_msdu;
1280 	u64 tx_msdu;
1281 	u64 tx_msdu_retries;
1282 	u64 tx_msdu_failed;
1283 	struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats;
1284 };
1285 
1286 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS	4
1287 
1288 /**
1289  * struct station_info - station information
1290  *
1291  * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station.
1292  *
1293  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to
1294  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
1295  * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected
1296  * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds
1297  * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station
1298  * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station
1299  * @llid: mesh local link id
1300  * @plid: mesh peer link id
1301  * @plink_state: mesh peer link state
1302  * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1303  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1304  * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type.
1305  *	For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_.
1306  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg
1307  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm
1308  * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm
1309  * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station
1310  * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station
1311  * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station
1312  * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station
1313  * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs)
1314  * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK)
1315  * @rx_dropped_misc:  Dropped for un-specified reason.
1316  * @bss_param: current BSS parameters
1317  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1318  *	This number should increase every time the list of stations
1319  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1320  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1321  * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request.
1322  *	This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use
1323  *	user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for
1324  *	the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs.
1325  * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets.
1326  * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values
1327  * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered.
1328  * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host.
1329  * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode
1330  * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode
1331  * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode
1332  * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers)
1333  *	towards this station.
1334  * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer
1335  * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received
1336  *	from this peer
1337  * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate
1338  * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer
1339  * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer
1340  * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight
1341  * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last
1342  *	(IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs.
1343  *	Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL.
1344  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame.
1345  * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has
1346  *	been sent.
1347  * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station
1348  * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with
1349  *	an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the
1350  *	received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address.
1351  * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric.
1352  */
1353 struct station_info {
1354 	u64 filled;
1355 	u32 connected_time;
1356 	u32 inactive_time;
1357 	u64 rx_bytes;
1358 	u64 tx_bytes;
1359 	u16 llid;
1360 	u16 plid;
1361 	u8 plink_state;
1362 	s8 signal;
1363 	s8 signal_avg;
1364 
1365 	u8 chains;
1366 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1367 	s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
1368 
1369 	struct rate_info txrate;
1370 	struct rate_info rxrate;
1371 	u32 rx_packets;
1372 	u32 tx_packets;
1373 	u32 tx_retries;
1374 	u32 tx_failed;
1375 	u32 rx_dropped_misc;
1376 	struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param;
1377 	struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags;
1378 
1379 	int generation;
1380 
1381 	const u8 *assoc_req_ies;
1382 	size_t assoc_req_ies_len;
1383 
1384 	u32 beacon_loss_count;
1385 	s64 t_offset;
1386 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm;
1387 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm;
1388 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm;
1389 
1390 	u32 expected_throughput;
1391 
1392 	u64 tx_duration;
1393 	u64 rx_duration;
1394 	u64 rx_beacon;
1395 	u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg;
1396 	u8 connected_to_gate;
1397 
1398 	struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid;
1399 	s8 ack_signal;
1400 	s8 avg_ack_signal;
1401 
1402 	u16 airtime_weight;
1403 
1404 	u32 rx_mpdu_count;
1405 	u32 fcs_err_count;
1406 
1407 	u32 airtime_link_metric;
1408 };
1409 
1410 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211)
1411 /**
1412  * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station
1413  * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to
1414  * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest
1415  * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information
1416  *
1417  * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information
1418  * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be
1419  * considered undefined.
1420  */
1421 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
1422 			 struct station_info *sinfo);
1423 #else
1424 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev,
1425 				       const u8 *mac_addr,
1426 				       struct station_info *sinfo)
1427 {
1428 	return -ENOENT;
1429 }
1430 #endif
1431 
1432 /**
1433  * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags
1434  *
1435  * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits
1436  * according to the nl80211 flags.
1437  *
1438  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed
1439  * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
1440  * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
1441  * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
1442  * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
1443  * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing
1444  * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address
1445  */
1446 enum monitor_flags {
1447 	MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED		= 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID,
1448 	MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL,
1449 	MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL,
1450 	MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL,
1451 	MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS,
1452 	MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES	= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES,
1453 	MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE		= 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE,
1454 };
1455 
1456 /**
1457  * enum mpath_info_flags -  mesh path information flags
1458  *
1459  * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled
1460  * in during get_station() or dump_station().
1461  *
1462  * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled
1463  * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled
1464  * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled
1465  * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled
1466  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled
1467  * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled
1468  * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled
1469  * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled
1470  * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled
1471  */
1472 enum mpath_info_flags {
1473 	MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN		= BIT(0),
1474 	MPATH_INFO_SN			= BIT(1),
1475 	MPATH_INFO_METRIC		= BIT(2),
1476 	MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME		= BIT(3),
1477 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT	= BIT(4),
1478 	MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES	= BIT(5),
1479 	MPATH_INFO_FLAGS		= BIT(6),
1480 	MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT		= BIT(7),
1481 	MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE		= BIT(8),
1482 };
1483 
1484 /**
1485  * struct mpath_info - mesh path information
1486  *
1487  * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath().
1488  *
1489  * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags
1490  * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination
1491  * @sn: target sequence number
1492  * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path
1493  * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs
1494  * @flags: mesh path flags
1495  * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs
1496  * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries
1497  * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps.
1498  *	This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths
1499  *	changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that
1500  *	userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot.
1501  * @hop_count: hops to destination
1502  * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination
1503  */
1504 struct mpath_info {
1505 	u32 filled;
1506 	u32 frame_qlen;
1507 	u32 sn;
1508 	u32 metric;
1509 	u32 exptime;
1510 	u32 discovery_timeout;
1511 	u8 discovery_retries;
1512 	u8 flags;
1513 	u8 hop_count;
1514 	u32 path_change_count;
1515 
1516 	int generation;
1517 };
1518 
1519 /**
1520  * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters
1521  *
1522  * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode).
1523  *
1524  * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection
1525  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1526  * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed
1527  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1528  * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed
1529  *	(0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change)
1530  * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format
1531  *	(or NULL for no change)
1532  * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates
1533  * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations
1534  * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode
1535  * 	(u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change)
1536  * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change)
1537  * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change)
1538  */
1539 struct bss_parameters {
1540 	int use_cts_prot;
1541 	int use_short_preamble;
1542 	int use_short_slot_time;
1543 	const u8 *basic_rates;
1544 	u8 basic_rates_len;
1545 	int ap_isolate;
1546 	int ht_opmode;
1547 	s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps;
1548 };
1549 
1550 /**
1551  * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration
1552  *
1553  * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active.
1554  *
1555  * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used
1556  *	by the Mesh Peering Open message
1557  * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units
1558  *	used by the Mesh Peering Open message
1559  * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by
1560  *	the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering
1561  * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this
1562  *	mesh interface
1563  * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can
1564  *	be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh
1565  * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA
1566  * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection
1567  *	elements
1568  * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we
1569  *	detect compatible mesh peers
1570  * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to
1571  *	synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
1572  * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ
1573  *	that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target
1574  * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds
1575  * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on
1576  *	a path discovery in milliseconds
1577  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1578  *	receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the
1579  *	root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
1580  * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1581  *	which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
1582  *	element
1583  * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during
1584  *	which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR
1585  *	element
1586  * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that
1587  *	it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh
1588  * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA
1589  * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root
1590  *	announcements are transmitted
1591  * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh
1592  *	station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is
1593  *	missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true
1594  *	only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but
1595  *	not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the
1596  *	same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec)
1597  * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding
1598  *	entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
1599  * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate
1600  *	station to establish a peer link
1601  * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode
1602  *
1603  * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs
1604  *	receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to
1605  *	the root mesh STA to be valid.
1606  *
1607  * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive
1608  *	PREQs are transmitted.
1609  * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs)
1610  *	during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing
1611  *	a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
1612  * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial
1613  *	setting for new peer links.
1614  * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake
1615  *	after transmitting its beacon.
1616  * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established
1617  *	peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it
1618  *	from the STA's list of peers.  Default is 30 minutes.
1619  * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is
1620  *      connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info.  If false, the
1621  *      value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths
1622  *      in the mesh path table
1623  */
1624 struct mesh_config {
1625 	u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout;
1626 	u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout;
1627 	u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout;
1628 	u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks;
1629 	u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries;
1630 	u8 dot11MeshTTL;
1631 	u8 element_ttl;
1632 	bool auto_open_plinks;
1633 	u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor;
1634 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries;
1635 	u32 path_refresh_time;
1636 	u16 min_discovery_timeout;
1637 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout;
1638 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval;
1639 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval;
1640 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime;
1641 	u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode;
1642 	bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate;
1643 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval;
1644 	bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol;
1645 	bool dot11MeshForwarding;
1646 	s32 rssi_threshold;
1647 	u16 ht_opmode;
1648 	u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout;
1649 	u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval;
1650 	u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval;
1651 	enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode;
1652 	u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration;
1653 	u32 plink_timeout;
1654 };
1655 
1656 /**
1657  * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration
1658  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1659  * @mesh_id: the mesh ID
1660  * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes
1661  * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use
1662  * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use
1663  * @path_metric: which metric to use
1664  * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using
1665  * @ie: vendor information elements (optional)
1666  * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements
1667  * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication
1668  * @is_secure: this mesh uses security
1669  * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions
1670  * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use
1671  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
1672  * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a]
1673  * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh
1674  * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons
1675  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
1676  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
1677  *	to operate on DFS channels.
1678  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
1679  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
1680  *
1681  * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created.
1682  */
1683 struct mesh_setup {
1684 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1685 	const u8 *mesh_id;
1686 	u8 mesh_id_len;
1687 	u8 sync_method;
1688 	u8 path_sel_proto;
1689 	u8 path_metric;
1690 	u8 auth_id;
1691 	const u8 *ie;
1692 	u8 ie_len;
1693 	bool is_authenticated;
1694 	bool is_secure;
1695 	bool user_mpm;
1696 	u8 dtim_period;
1697 	u16 beacon_interval;
1698 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1699 	u32 basic_rates;
1700 	struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate;
1701 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
1702 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
1703 };
1704 
1705 /**
1706  * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration
1707  * @chandef: defines the channel to use
1708  *
1709  * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network
1710  */
1711 struct ocb_setup {
1712 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
1713 };
1714 
1715 /**
1716  * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters
1717  * @ac: AC identifier
1718  * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
1719  * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1720  *	1..32767]
1721  * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range
1722  *	1..32767]
1723  * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
1724  */
1725 struct ieee80211_txq_params {
1726 	enum nl80211_ac ac;
1727 	u16 txop;
1728 	u16 cwmin;
1729 	u16 cwmax;
1730 	u8 aifs;
1731 };
1732 
1733 /**
1734  * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling
1735  *
1736  * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite
1737  * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will
1738  * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the
1739  * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the
1740  * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to
1741  * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements
1742  * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be
1743  * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised
1744  * in the wiphy structure.
1745  *
1746  * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because
1747  * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not
1748  * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist.
1749  *
1750  * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of
1751  * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the
1752  * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available
1753  * to userspace.
1754  */
1755 
1756 /**
1757  * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description
1758  * @ssid: the SSID
1759  * @ssid_len: length of the ssid
1760  */
1761 struct cfg80211_ssid {
1762 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
1763 	u8 ssid_len;
1764 };
1765 
1766 /**
1767  * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan
1768  * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the
1769  *	wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this
1770  *	information is not available, this field is left zero.
1771  * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set.
1772  * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason,
1773  *	userspace will be notified of that
1774  */
1775 struct cfg80211_scan_info {
1776 	u64 scan_start_tsf;
1777 	u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1778 	bool aborted;
1779 };
1780 
1781 /**
1782  * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description
1783  *
1784  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only)
1785  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1786  * @channels: channels to scan on.
1787  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1788  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1789  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1790  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1791  * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If
1792  *	%duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and
1793  *	the actual dwell time may be shorter.
1794  * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the
1795  *	%duration field.
1796  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1797  * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band
1798  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1799  * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started
1800  * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for
1801  * @info: (internal) information about completed scan
1802  * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted
1803  * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band
1804  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1805  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1806  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1807  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1808  * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID)
1809  */
1810 struct cfg80211_scan_request {
1811 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1812 	int n_ssids;
1813 	u32 n_channels;
1814 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1815 	const u8 *ie;
1816 	size_t ie_len;
1817 	u16 duration;
1818 	bool duration_mandatory;
1819 	u32 flags;
1820 
1821 	u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1822 
1823 	struct wireless_dev *wdev;
1824 
1825 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1826 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1827 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1828 
1829 	/* internal */
1830 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1831 	unsigned long scan_start;
1832 	struct cfg80211_scan_info info;
1833 	bool notified;
1834 	bool no_cck;
1835 
1836 	/* keep last */
1837 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1838 };
1839 
1840 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask)
1841 {
1842 	int i;
1843 
1844 	get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN);
1845 	for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) {
1846 		buf[i] &= ~mask[i];
1847 		buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i];
1848 	}
1849 }
1850 
1851 /**
1852  * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match
1853  *
1854  * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match
1855  *	or no match (RSSI only)
1856  * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match
1857  *	or no match (RSSI only)
1858  * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm)
1859  * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied
1860  *	for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support
1861  *	of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability
1862  *	%NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band
1863  *	specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified.
1864  *	If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of
1865  *	corresponding matchset.
1866  */
1867 struct cfg80211_match_set {
1868 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
1869 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
1870 	s32 rssi_thold;
1871 	s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1872 };
1873 
1874 /**
1875  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan
1876  *
1877  * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds.
1878  * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means
1879  *	infinite loop.
1880  *	The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero,
1881  *	all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations.
1882  */
1883 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan {
1884 	u32 interval;
1885 	u32 iterations;
1886 };
1887 
1888 /**
1889  * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment.
1890  *
1891  * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment.
1892  * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment.
1893  */
1894 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust {
1895 	enum nl80211_band band;
1896 	s8 delta;
1897 };
1898 
1899 /**
1900  * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description
1901  *
1902  * @reqid: identifies this request.
1903  * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans)
1904  * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs
1905  * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan
1906  * @scan_width: channel width for scanning
1907  * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL
1908  * @ie_len: length of ie in octets
1909  * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation
1910  * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result
1911  * 	entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host
1912  * 	(others are filtered out).
1913  *	If ommited, all results are passed.
1914  * @n_match_sets: number of match sets
1915  * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request
1916  * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for
1917  * @dev: the interface
1918  * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan
1919  * @channels: channels to scan
1920  * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this
1921  *	contains the minimum over all matchsets
1922  * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation
1923  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that
1924  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
1925  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
1926  * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest
1927  *	index must be executed first.
1928  * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1.
1929  * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct
1930  * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request
1931  *	owned by a particular socket)
1932  * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed
1933  * @list: for keeping list of requests.
1934  * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan
1935  *	cycle.  The driver may ignore this parameter and start
1936  *	immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not
1937  *	supported.
1938  * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not.
1939  * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result
1940  *	reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined
1941  *	to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS.
1942  *	The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state.
1943  * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong
1944  *	to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported
1945  *	using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that
1946  *	belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative
1947  *	comparisions.
1948  */
1949 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request {
1950 	u64 reqid;
1951 	struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids;
1952 	int n_ssids;
1953 	u32 n_channels;
1954 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
1955 	const u8 *ie;
1956 	size_t ie_len;
1957 	u32 flags;
1958 	struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets;
1959 	int n_match_sets;
1960 	s32 min_rssi_thold;
1961 	u32 delay;
1962 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans;
1963 	int n_scan_plans;
1964 
1965 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1966 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
1967 
1968 	bool relative_rssi_set;
1969 	s8 relative_rssi;
1970 	struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust;
1971 
1972 	/* internal */
1973 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
1974 	struct net_device *dev;
1975 	unsigned long scan_start;
1976 	bool report_results;
1977 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1978 	u32 owner_nlportid;
1979 	bool nl_owner_dead;
1980 	struct list_head list;
1981 
1982 	/* keep last */
1983 	struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0];
1984 };
1985 
1986 /**
1987  * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type
1988  *
1989  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available
1990  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm)
1991  * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100
1992  */
1993 enum cfg80211_signal_type {
1994 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE,
1995 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM,
1996 	CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC,
1997 };
1998 
1999 /**
2000  * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data
2001  * @chan: channel the frame was received on
2002  * @scan_width: scan width that was used
2003  * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's
2004  *	signal type
2005  * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was
2006  *	received; should match the time when the frame was actually
2007  *	received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was
2008  *	buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms.
2009  *	If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of
2010  *	ktime_get_boot_ns() is likely appropriate.
2011  * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the
2012  *	timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified
2013  *	by %parent_bssid.
2014  * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to
2015  *	the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received.
2016  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2017  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2018  */
2019 struct cfg80211_inform_bss {
2020 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2021 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2022 	s32 signal;
2023 	u64 boottime_ns;
2024 	u64 parent_tsf;
2025 	u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2026 	u8 chains;
2027 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2028 };
2029 
2030 /**
2031  * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data
2032  * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs
2033  * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing
2034  * @len: length of the IEs
2035  * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon
2036  * @data: IE data
2037  */
2038 struct cfg80211_bss_ies {
2039 	u64 tsf;
2040 	struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2041 	int len;
2042 	bool from_beacon;
2043 	u8 data[];
2044 };
2045 
2046 /**
2047  * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description
2048  *
2049  * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network)
2050  * for use in scan results and similar.
2051  *
2052  * @channel: channel this BSS is on
2053  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
2054  * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS
2055  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame
2056  * @capability: the capability field in host byte order
2057  * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these
2058  *	are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or
2059  *	proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been
2060  *	received. It is always non-%NULL.
2061  * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame
2062  *	(implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't
2063  *	own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the
2064  *	@hidden_beacon_bss struct)
2065  * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame
2066  * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from
2067  *	a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct
2068  *	that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and
2069  *	points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case.
2070  * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a
2071  *	non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support)
2072  * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one
2073  *	(multi-BSSID support)
2074  * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type)
2075  * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal.
2076  * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm.
2077  * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set
2078  * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set
2079  * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes
2080  */
2081 struct cfg80211_bss {
2082 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2083 	enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width;
2084 
2085 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies;
2086 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies;
2087 	const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies;
2088 
2089 	struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss;
2090 	struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss;
2091 	struct list_head nontrans_list;
2092 
2093 	s32 signal;
2094 
2095 	u16 beacon_interval;
2096 	u16 capability;
2097 
2098 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
2099 	u8 chains;
2100 	s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
2101 
2102 	u8 bssid_index;
2103 	u8 max_bssid_indicator;
2104 
2105 	u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2106 };
2107 
2108 /**
2109  * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID
2110  * @bss: the bss to search
2111  * @id: the element ID
2112  *
2113  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2114  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2115  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2116  */
2117 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id);
2118 
2119 /**
2120  * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID
2121  * @bss: the bss to search
2122  * @id: the element ID
2123  *
2124  * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so
2125  * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function.
2126  * Return: %NULL if not found.
2127  */
2128 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id)
2129 {
2130 	return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id);
2131 }
2132 
2133 
2134 /**
2135  * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data
2136  *
2137  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2138  * authentication.
2139  *
2140  * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference
2141  *	to it if it needs to keep it.
2142  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2143  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL
2144  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2145  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2146  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2147  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2148  * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains
2149  *	the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the
2150  *	Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication
2151  *	transaction sequence number field.
2152  * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets
2153  */
2154 struct cfg80211_auth_request {
2155 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2156 	const u8 *ie;
2157 	size_t ie_len;
2158 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2159 	const u8 *key;
2160 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2161 	const u8 *auth_data;
2162 	size_t auth_data_len;
2163 };
2164 
2165 /**
2166  * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association.
2167  *
2168  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT:  Disable HT (802.11n)
2169  * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT:  Disable VHT
2170  * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association
2171  * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external
2172  *	authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to
2173  *	userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect()
2174  *	request (connect callback).
2175  */
2176 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags {
2177 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT			= BIT(0),
2178 	ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT			= BIT(1),
2179 	ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM			= BIT(2),
2180 	CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT	= BIT(3),
2181 };
2182 
2183 /**
2184  * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data
2185  *
2186  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2187  * (re)association.
2188  * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is
2189  *	given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc()
2190  *	or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new
2191  *	association requests while already associating must be rejected.
2192  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL
2193  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2194  * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association
2195  * @crypto: crypto settings
2196  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2197  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2198  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2199  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2200  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2201  *	frame.
2202  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2203  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2204  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2205  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2206  * @vht_capa: VHT capability override
2207  * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use
2208  * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or
2209  *	%NULL if FILS is not used.
2210  * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets
2211  * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association
2212  *	Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts
2213  *	with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2214  */
2215 struct cfg80211_assoc_request {
2216 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2217 	const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid;
2218 	size_t ie_len;
2219 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2220 	bool use_mfp;
2221 	u32 flags;
2222 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2223 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2224 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask;
2225 	const u8 *fils_kek;
2226 	size_t fils_kek_len;
2227 	const u8 *fils_nonces;
2228 };
2229 
2230 /**
2231  * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data
2232  *
2233  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2234  * deauthentication.
2235  *
2236  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from
2237  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL
2238  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2239  * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication
2240  * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and
2241  *	do not set a deauth frame
2242  */
2243 struct cfg80211_deauth_request {
2244 	const u8 *bssid;
2245 	const u8 *ie;
2246 	size_t ie_len;
2247 	u16 reason_code;
2248 	bool local_state_change;
2249 };
2250 
2251 /**
2252  * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data
2253  *
2254  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2255  * disassociation.
2256  *
2257  * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from
2258  * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL
2259  * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets
2260  * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation
2261  * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no
2262  *	Disassociation frame is to be transmitted.
2263  */
2264 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request {
2265 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
2266 	const u8 *ie;
2267 	size_t ie_len;
2268 	u16 reason_code;
2269 	bool local_state_change;
2270 };
2271 
2272 /**
2273  * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters
2274  *
2275  * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss()
2276  * method.
2277  *
2278  * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null.
2279  * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero.
2280  * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not
2281  *	search for IBSSs with a different BSSID.
2282  * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found
2283  * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for
2284  *	IBSSs to join on other channels.
2285  * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon
2286  * @ie_len: length of that
2287  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use
2288  * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured
2289  *	after joining
2290  * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e.,
2291  *	sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is
2292  *	required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by
2293  *	user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default.
2294  * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control
2295  *	port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface.
2296  * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e.
2297  *	changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required
2298  *	to operate on DFS channels.
2299  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS
2300  * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
2301  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2302  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2303  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2304  * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of
2305  * 	CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys
2306  * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key
2307  */
2308 struct cfg80211_ibss_params {
2309 	const u8 *ssid;
2310 	const u8 *bssid;
2311 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
2312 	const u8 *ie;
2313 	u8 ssid_len, ie_len;
2314 	u16 beacon_interval;
2315 	u32 basic_rates;
2316 	bool channel_fixed;
2317 	bool privacy;
2318 	bool control_port;
2319 	bool control_port_over_nl80211;
2320 	bool userspace_handles_dfs;
2321 	int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
2322 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2323 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2324 	struct key_params *wep_keys;
2325 	int wep_tx_key;
2326 };
2327 
2328 /**
2329  * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection.
2330  *
2331  * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour.
2332  * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour.
2333  * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF.
2334  * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST.
2335  */
2336 struct cfg80211_bss_selection {
2337 	enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour;
2338 	union {
2339 		enum nl80211_band band_pref;
2340 		struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust;
2341 	} param;
2342 };
2343 
2344 /**
2345  * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters
2346  *
2347  * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11
2348  * authentication and association.
2349  *
2350  * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based
2351  *	on scan results)
2352  * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or
2353  *	%NULL if not specified
2354  * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan
2355  *	results)
2356  * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or
2357  *	%NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is
2358  *	allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS
2359  *	to use.
2360  * @ssid: SSID
2361  * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets
2362  * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm)
2363  * @ie: IEs for association request
2364  * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets
2365  * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used
2366  * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used
2367  * @crypto: crypto settings
2368  * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication
2369  * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication
2370  * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication
2371  * @flags:  See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags
2372  * @bg_scan_period:  Background scan period in seconds
2373  *	or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used.
2374  * @ht_capa:  HT Capabilities over-rides.  Values set in ht_capa_mask
2375  *	will be used in ht_capa.  Un-supported values will be ignored.
2376  * @ht_capa_mask:  The bits of ht_capa which are to be used.
2377  * @vht_capa:  VHT Capability overrides
2378  * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used.
2379  * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG
2380  *	networks.
2381  * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection.
2382  * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used
2383  *	to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request
2384  *	do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to
2385  *	the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is
2386  *	included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request
2387  *	frame.
2388  * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the
2389  *	NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped
2390  *	data IE.
2391  * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets.
2392  * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or
2393  *	%NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and
2394  *	is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2395  * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets.
2396  * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP
2397  *	messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE.
2398  * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional
2399  *	keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified.
2400  * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets.
2401  * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver
2402  *	offload of 4-way handshake.
2403  */
2404 struct cfg80211_connect_params {
2405 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
2406 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint;
2407 	const u8 *bssid;
2408 	const u8 *bssid_hint;
2409 	const u8 *ssid;
2410 	size_t ssid_len;
2411 	enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type;
2412 	const u8 *ie;
2413 	size_t ie_len;
2414 	bool privacy;
2415 	enum nl80211_mfp mfp;
2416 	struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto;
2417 	const u8 *key;
2418 	u8 key_len, key_idx;
2419 	u32 flags;
2420 	int bg_scan_period;
2421 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa;
2422 	struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask;
2423 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa;
2424 	struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask;
2425 	bool pbss;
2426 	struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select;
2427 	const u8 *prev_bssid;
2428 	const u8 *fils_erp_username;
2429 	size_t fils_erp_username_len;
2430 	const u8 *fils_erp_realm;
2431 	size_t fils_erp_realm_len;
2432 	u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num;
2433 	const u8 *fils_erp_rrk;
2434 	size_t fils_erp_rrk_len;
2435 	bool want_1x;
2436 };
2437 
2438 /**
2439  * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated
2440  *
2441  * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that
2442  * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call.
2443  *
2444  * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated
2445  * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm,
2446  *	username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated
2447  * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated
2448  */
2449 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed {
2450 	UPDATE_ASSOC_IES		= BIT(0),
2451 	UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO		= BIT(1),
2452 	UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE		= BIT(2),
2453 };
2454 
2455 /**
2456  * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values
2457  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed
2458  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed
2459  * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed
2460  * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed
2461  * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed
2462  * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled
2463  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed
2464  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed
2465  * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum
2466  */
2467 enum wiphy_params_flags {
2468 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT		= 1 << 0,
2469 	WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG		= 1 << 1,
2470 	WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 2,
2471 	WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD	= 1 << 3,
2472 	WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS	= 1 << 4,
2473 	WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK		= 1 << 5,
2474 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT		= 1 << 6,
2475 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT	= 1 << 7,
2476 	WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM		= 1 << 8,
2477 };
2478 
2479 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT	256
2480 
2481 /**
2482  * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association
2483  *
2484  * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA
2485  * caching.
2486  *
2487  * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL).
2488  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2489  * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key
2490  *	derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL.
2491  * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on
2492  *	the hash algorithm used to generate this.
2493  * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS
2494  *	cache identifier (may be %NULL).
2495  * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets.
2496  * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the
2497  *	scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be
2498  *	%NULL).
2499  */
2500 struct cfg80211_pmksa {
2501 	const u8 *bssid;
2502 	const u8 *pmkid;
2503 	const u8 *pmk;
2504 	size_t pmk_len;
2505 	const u8 *ssid;
2506 	size_t ssid_len;
2507 	const u8 *cache_id;
2508 };
2509 
2510 /**
2511  * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern
2512  * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes,
2513  *	one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211
2514  * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1
2515  * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes)
2516  * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes)
2517  *
2518  * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of
2519  * memory, free @mask only!
2520  */
2521 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern {
2522 	const u8 *mask, *pattern;
2523 	int pattern_len;
2524 	int pkt_offset;
2525 };
2526 
2527 /**
2528  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters
2529  *
2530  * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation
2531  * @src: source IP address
2532  * @dst: destination IP address
2533  * @dst_mac: destination MAC address
2534  * @src_port: source port
2535  * @dst_port: destination port
2536  * @payload_len: data payload length
2537  * @payload: data payload buffer
2538  * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration
2539  * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets
2540  * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length
2541  * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data
2542  * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask
2543  * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer
2544  * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration
2545  */
2546 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp {
2547 	struct socket *sock;
2548 	__be32 src, dst;
2549 	u16 src_port, dst_port;
2550 	u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN];
2551 	int payload_len;
2552 	const u8 *payload;
2553 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq;
2554 	u32 data_interval;
2555 	u32 wake_len;
2556 	const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask;
2557 	u32 tokens_size;
2558 	/* must be last, variable member */
2559 	struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok;
2560 };
2561 
2562 /**
2563  * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info
2564  *
2565  * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device.
2566  * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues
2567  *	operating as normal during suspend
2568  * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected
2569  * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet
2570  * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern
2571  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2572  * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure
2573  * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet
2574  * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake
2575  * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released
2576  * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h.
2577  *	NULL if not configured.
2578  * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake.
2579  */
2580 struct cfg80211_wowlan {
2581 	bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2582 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2583 	     rfkill_release;
2584 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2585 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp;
2586 	int n_patterns;
2587 	struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config;
2588 };
2589 
2590 /**
2591  * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters
2592  *
2593  * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device.
2594  * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs.
2595  * @condition: condition for packet coalescence.
2596  *	see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
2597  * @patterns: array of packet patterns
2598  * @n_patterns: number of patterns
2599  */
2600 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules {
2601 	int delay;
2602 	enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition;
2603 	struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns;
2604 	int n_patterns;
2605 };
2606 
2607 /**
2608  * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings
2609  *
2610  * This structure defines coalescing settings.
2611  * @rules: array of coalesce rules
2612  * @n_rules: number of rules
2613  */
2614 struct cfg80211_coalesce {
2615 	struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules;
2616 	int n_rules;
2617 };
2618 
2619 /**
2620  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match
2621  *
2622  * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up
2623  * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred.  This
2624  *	value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels.
2625  * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match
2626  *	occurred (in MHz)
2627  */
2628 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match {
2629 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2630 	int n_channels;
2631 	u32 channels[];
2632 };
2633 
2634 /**
2635  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information
2636  *
2637  * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in
2638  *	@matches.  This value may be zero if the driver can't provide
2639  *	match information.
2640  * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about
2641  *	the matches that triggered the wake up.
2642  */
2643 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info {
2644 	int n_matches;
2645 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[];
2646 };
2647 
2648 /**
2649  * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report
2650  * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected
2651  * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet
2652  * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure
2653  * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet
2654  * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake
2655  * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released
2656  * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern
2657  * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data
2658  * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length
2659  * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any.
2660  * @packet_80211:  For pattern match, magic packet and other data
2661  *	frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for
2662  *	disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which
2663  *	it is.
2664  * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received
2665  * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish
2666  * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens
2667  * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect
2668  */
2669 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup {
2670 	bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure,
2671 	     eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake,
2672 	     rfkill_release, packet_80211,
2673 	     tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens;
2674 	s32 pattern_idx;
2675 	u32 packet_present_len, packet_len;
2676 	const void *packet;
2677 	struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect;
2678 };
2679 
2680 /**
2681  * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data
2682  * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes)
2683  * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes)
2684  * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes)
2685  */
2686 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data {
2687 	const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr;
2688 };
2689 
2690 /**
2691  * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information
2692  *
2693  * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE
2694  *
2695  * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value
2696  * @ie: Fast Transition IEs
2697  * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets
2698  */
2699 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params {
2700 	u16 md;
2701 	const u8 *ie;
2702 	size_t ie_len;
2703 };
2704 
2705 /**
2706  * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters
2707  *
2708  * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame
2709  *
2710  * @chan: channel to use
2711  * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required
2712  * @wait: duration for ROC
2713  * @buf: buffer to transmit
2714  * @len: buffer length
2715  * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame
2716  * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack
2717  * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array
2718  * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame
2719  */
2720 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params {
2721 	struct ieee80211_channel *chan;
2722 	bool offchan;
2723 	unsigned int wait;
2724 	const u8 *buf;
2725 	size_t len;
2726 	bool no_cck;
2727 	bool dont_wait_for_ack;
2728 	int n_csa_offsets;
2729 	const u16 *csa_offsets;
2730 };
2731 
2732 /**
2733  * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception
2734  *
2735  * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition
2736  * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs
2737  */
2738 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception {
2739 	u8 dscp;
2740 	u8 up;
2741 };
2742 
2743 /**
2744  * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority
2745  *
2746  * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2747  * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive
2748  */
2749 struct cfg80211_dscp_range {
2750 	u8 low;
2751 	u8 high;
2752 };
2753 
2754 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */
2755 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX	21
2756 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN	16
2757 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \
2758 	(IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX)
2759 
2760 /**
2761  * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information
2762  *
2763  * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values
2764  *
2765  * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21)
2766  * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from
2767  *	the user priority DSCP range definition
2768  * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority
2769  */
2770 struct cfg80211_qos_map {
2771 	u8 num_des;
2772 	struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX];
2773 	struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8];
2774 };
2775 
2776 /**
2777  * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration
2778  *
2779  * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters
2780  *
2781  * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255)
2782  * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.
2783  *	For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
2784  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
2785  */
2786 struct cfg80211_nan_conf {
2787 	u8 master_pref;
2788 	u8 bands;
2789 };
2790 
2791 /**
2792  * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN
2793  * configuration
2794  *
2795  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference
2796  * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands
2797  */
2798 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes {
2799 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0),
2800 	CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1),
2801 };
2802 
2803 /**
2804  * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter
2805  *
2806  * @filter: the content of the filter
2807  * @len: the length of the filter
2808  */
2809 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter {
2810 	const u8 *filter;
2811 	u8 len;
2812 };
2813 
2814 /**
2815  * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function
2816  *
2817  * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type
2818  * @service_id: the service ID of the function
2819  * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type
2820  * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is
2821  *	implementation specific.
2822  * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted
2823  * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active
2824  * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up
2825  * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up
2826  * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up
2827  * @ttl: time to live counter in DW.
2828  * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info
2829  * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length
2830  * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive
2831  * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter
2832  * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length
2833  * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index
2834  * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses
2835  * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF
2836  * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter
2837  * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF.
2838  * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters.
2839  * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters.
2840  * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function.
2841  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier.
2842  */
2843 struct cfg80211_nan_func {
2844 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
2845 	u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN];
2846 	u8 publish_type;
2847 	bool close_range;
2848 	bool publish_bcast;
2849 	bool subscribe_active;
2850 	u8 followup_id;
2851 	u8 followup_reqid;
2852 	struct mac_address followup_dest;
2853 	u32 ttl;
2854 	const u8 *serv_spec_info;
2855 	u8 serv_spec_info_len;
2856 	bool srf_include;
2857 	const u8 *srf_bf;
2858 	u8 srf_bf_len;
2859 	u8 srf_bf_idx;
2860 	struct mac_address *srf_macs;
2861 	int srf_num_macs;
2862 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters;
2863 	struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters;
2864 	u8 num_tx_filters;
2865 	u8 num_rx_filters;
2866 	u8 instance_id;
2867 	u64 cookie;
2868 };
2869 
2870 /**
2871  * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration
2872  *
2873  * @aa: authenticator address
2874  * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes.
2875  * @pmk: the PMK material
2876  * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK
2877  *	is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field
2878  *	holds PMK-R0.
2879  */
2880 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf {
2881 	const u8 *aa;
2882 	u8 pmk_len;
2883 	const u8 *pmk;
2884 	const u8 *pmk_r0_name;
2885 };
2886 
2887 /**
2888  * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication.
2889  *
2890  * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces.
2891  *
2892  * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant
2893  *	for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space).
2894  * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has
2895  *	to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and
2896  *	authentication response command interface.
2897  * @ssid: SSID of the AP.  Used by both the authentication request event and
2898  *	authentication response command interface.
2899  * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the
2900  *	authentication request event interface.
2901  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication,
2902  *	use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you
2903  *	the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication
2904  *	response command interface (user space to driver).
2905  * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA.
2906  */
2907 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params {
2908 	enum nl80211_external_auth_action action;
2909 	u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
2910 	struct cfg80211_ssid ssid;
2911 	unsigned int key_mgmt_suite;
2912 	u16 status;
2913 	const u8 *pmkid;
2914 };
2915 
2916 /**
2917  * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
2918  *
2919  * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to
2920  *	indicate the relevant values in this struct for them
2921  * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully
2922  *	answered
2923  * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were
2924  *	successfully answered
2925  * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions
2926  * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions
2927  * @non_asap_num: number of  non-ASAP FTM sessions
2928  * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication
2929  *	of how much time the responder was busy
2930  * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from
2931  *	initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with
2932  *	the responder
2933  * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks
2934  *	for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot
2935  * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window
2936  */
2937 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats {
2938 	u32 filled;
2939 	u32 success_num;
2940 	u32 partial_num;
2941 	u32 failed_num;
2942 	u32 asap_num;
2943 	u32 non_asap_num;
2944 	u64 total_duration_ms;
2945 	u32 unknown_triggers_num;
2946 	u32 reschedule_requests_num;
2947 	u32 out_of_window_triggers_num;
2948 };
2949 
2950 /**
2951  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result
2952  * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is
2953  *	%NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise
2954  *	reason than just "failure"
2955  * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index
2956  *	in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported
2957  * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted
2958  * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked
2959  * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY,
2960  *	fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible
2961  *	by the responder
2962  * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated
2963  * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated
2964  * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated
2965  * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present)
2966  * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present)
2967  * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL)
2968  * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL)
2969  * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported
2970  * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported
2971  * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response
2972  * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame
2973  * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg)
2974  * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is
2975  *	the square root of the variance)
2976  * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured
2977  * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured
2978  *	(must have either this or @rtt_avg)
2979  * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance)
2980  * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread)
2981  * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid
2982  * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid
2983  * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid
2984  * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid
2985  * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid
2986  * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid
2987  * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid
2988  * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid
2989  * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid
2990  * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid
2991  * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid
2992  * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid
2993  */
2994 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result {
2995 	const u8 *lci;
2996 	const u8 *civicloc;
2997 	unsigned int lci_len;
2998 	unsigned int civicloc_len;
2999 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason;
3000 	u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes;
3001 	s16 burst_index;
3002 	u8 busy_retry_time;
3003 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3004 	u8 burst_duration;
3005 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3006 	s32 rssi_avg;
3007 	s32 rssi_spread;
3008 	struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate;
3009 	s64 rtt_avg;
3010 	s64 rtt_variance;
3011 	s64 rtt_spread;
3012 	s64 dist_avg;
3013 	s64 dist_variance;
3014 	s64 dist_spread;
3015 
3016 	u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1,
3017 	    num_ftmr_successes_valid:1,
3018 	    rssi_avg_valid:1,
3019 	    rssi_spread_valid:1,
3020 	    tx_rate_valid:1,
3021 	    rx_rate_valid:1,
3022 	    rtt_avg_valid:1,
3023 	    rtt_variance_valid:1,
3024 	    rtt_spread_valid:1,
3025 	    dist_avg_valid:1,
3026 	    dist_variance_valid:1,
3027 	    dist_spread_valid:1;
3028 };
3029 
3030 /**
3031  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result
3032  * @addr: address of the peer
3033  * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the
3034  *	measurement was made)
3035  * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time
3036  * @status: status of the measurement
3037  * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not
3038  *	reporting partial results always set this flag
3039  * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid
3040  * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting
3041  *	one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and
3042  *	they're all aggregated for userspace.
3043  */
3044 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result {
3045 	u64 host_time, ap_tsf;
3046 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status;
3047 
3048 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3049 
3050 	u8 final:1,
3051 	   ap_tsf_valid:1;
3052 
3053 	enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type;
3054 
3055 	union {
3056 		struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm;
3057 	};
3058 };
3059 
3060 /**
3061  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data
3062  * @requested: indicates FTM is requested
3063  * @preamble: frame preamble to use
3064  * @burst_period: burst period to use
3065  * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode
3066  * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent
3067  * @burst_duration: burst duration
3068  * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst
3069  * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request
3070  * @request_lci: request LCI information
3071  * @request_civicloc: request civic location information
3072  *
3073  * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation.
3074  */
3075 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer {
3076 	enum nl80211_preamble preamble;
3077 	u16 burst_period;
3078 	u8 requested:1,
3079 	   asap:1,
3080 	   request_lci:1,
3081 	   request_civicloc:1;
3082 	u8 num_bursts_exp;
3083 	u8 burst_duration;
3084 	u8 ftms_per_burst;
3085 	u8 ftmr_retries;
3086 };
3087 
3088 /**
3089  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request
3090  * @addr: MAC address
3091  * @chandef: channel to use
3092  * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF
3093  * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer
3094  */
3095 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer {
3096 	u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
3097 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
3098 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1;
3099 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm;
3100 };
3101 
3102 /**
3103  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request
3104  * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211
3105  * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211
3106  * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting,
3107  *	not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211
3108  * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request
3109  * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that
3110  *	are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should
3111  *	be taken from the @mac_addr
3112  * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request
3113  * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if
3114  *	zero it means there's no timeout
3115  * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with
3116  * @peers: per-peer measurement request data
3117  */
3118 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request {
3119 	u64 cookie;
3120 	void *drv_data;
3121 	u32 n_peers;
3122 	u32 nl_portid;
3123 
3124 	u32 timeout;
3125 
3126 	u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3127 	u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3128 
3129 	struct list_head list;
3130 
3131 	struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[];
3132 };
3133 
3134 /**
3135  * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information
3136  *
3137  * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE
3138  * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space.
3139  *
3140  * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces.
3141  *
3142  * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing
3143  *	has to be done.
3144  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info
3145  *	processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space
3146  *	cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for
3147  *	OWE update request command interface (user space to driver).
3148  * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are
3149  *	the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and
3150  *	the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface.
3151  * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets.
3152  */
3153 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info {
3154 	u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
3155 	u16 status;
3156 	const u8 *ie;
3157 	size_t ie_len;
3158 };
3159 
3160 /**
3161  * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration
3162  *
3163  * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks
3164  * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces.
3165  *
3166  * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0
3167  * on success or a negative error code.
3168  *
3169  * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the
3170  * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this
3171  * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext.
3172  *
3173  * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will
3174  *	be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are
3175  *	configured for the device.
3176  * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed
3177  * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback
3178  *	to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from
3179  *	the device.
3180  *
3181  * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name,
3182  *	must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create
3183  *	the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct
3184  *	wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must
3185  *	also set the address member in the wdev.
3186  *
3187  * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface
3188  *
3189  * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface,
3190  *	keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated.
3191  *
3192  * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL
3193  *	when adding a group key.
3194  *
3195  * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters.
3196  *	@mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group
3197  *	key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid
3198  *	after it returns. This function should return an error if it is
3199  *	not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist.
3200  *
3201  * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key)
3202  *	and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist.
3203  *
3204  * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface
3205  *
3206  * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface
3207  *
3208  * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver
3209  *
3210  * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters.
3211  * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode
3212  *	interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started.
3213  * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing.
3214  *
3215  * @add_station: Add a new station.
3216  * @del_station: Remove a station
3217  * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much
3218  *	validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags
3219  *	might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check
3220  *	them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call
3221  *	cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information.
3222  * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac
3223  * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3224  *
3225  * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path
3226  * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path
3227  * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path
3228  * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters
3229  * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3230  * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters
3231  * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx
3232  * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters
3233  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3234  * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network
3235  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3236  *
3237  * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration
3238  *
3239  * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh.
3240  *	The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to
3241  *	set, and which to leave alone.
3242  *
3243  * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS.
3244  *
3245  * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters
3246  *
3247  * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas,
3248  *	as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to
3249  *	join the mesh instead.
3250  *
3251  * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other
3252  *	interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration.
3253  *	If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should
3254  *	be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active.
3255  *
3256  * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given
3257  *	the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done().
3258  *	For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside
3259  *	the scan/scan_done bracket too.
3260  * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall
3261  *	indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done().
3262  *
3263  * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer
3264  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3265  * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer
3266  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3267  * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer
3268  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3269  * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer
3270  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3271  *
3272  * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected,
3273  *	call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code
3274  *	%WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call
3275  *	cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code
3276  *	from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code
3277  *	was received.
3278  *	The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the
3279  *	other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated
3280  *	by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches
3281  *	the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request
3282  *	frame instead of Association Request frame.
3283  *	The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a
3284  *	specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid
3285  *	parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an
3286  *	indication of requesting reassociation.
3287  *	In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming
3288  *	cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to
3289  *	cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3290  * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a
3291  *	BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for
3292  *	subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the
3293  *	Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not
3294  *	request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current
3295  *	BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in
3296  *	changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed.
3297  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3298  * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if
3299  *      connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in
3300  *      case connection was already established (invoked with the
3301  *      wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout().
3302  *
3303  * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call
3304  *	cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due
3305  *	to a merge.
3306  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3307  * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS.
3308  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3309  *
3310  * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or
3311  *	MESH mode)
3312  *
3313  * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed;
3314  *	@changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values
3315  *	have changed. The actual parameter values are available in
3316  *	struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed.
3317  *
3318  * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters,
3319  *	the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The
3320  *	wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will
3321  *	always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power
3322  *	(as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.)
3323  * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable;
3324  *	return 0 if successful
3325  *
3326  * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface
3327  *
3328  * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting
3329  *	functions to adjust rfkill hw state
3330  *
3331  * @dump_survey: get site survey information.
3332  *
3333  * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified
3334  *	channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel
3335  *	operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is
3336  *	ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event
3337  *	notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel().
3338  * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation.
3339  *	This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on
3340  *	the duration value.
3341  * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame.
3342  * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management
3343  *	frame on another channel
3344  *
3345  * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL
3346  * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be
3347  *	used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally,
3348  *	return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the
3349  *	dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data
3350  *	was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present
3351  *	and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA.
3352  *
3353  * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration
3354  *
3355  * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac
3356  *	devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association
3357  *	RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs.
3358  * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID.
3359  * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs.
3360  * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1
3361  *	allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value.
3362  * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold.
3363  *	After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating
3364  *	the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may
3365  *	need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being
3366  *	disabled.)
3367  * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the
3368  *	connection quality monitor.  An event is to be sent only when the
3369  *	signal level is found to be outside the two values.  The driver should
3370  *	set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented.
3371  *	If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config.
3372  * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error
3373  *	thresholds.
3374  * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan.
3375  * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with
3376  *	given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready
3377  *	for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be
3378  *	called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case.
3379  *	The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested
3380  *	stop (when this method returns 0).
3381  *
3382  * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was
3383  *	registered. The callback is allowed to sleep.
3384  *
3385  * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3386  *	Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3387  *	reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3388  *	(also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3389  *
3390  * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
3391  *
3392  * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame.
3393  * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup).
3394  *
3395  * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it
3396  *	later passes to cfg80211_probe_status().
3397  *
3398  * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs.
3399  *
3400  * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface.
3401  *	For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single
3402  *	current monitoring channel.
3403  *
3404  * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device.
3405  * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device.
3406  *
3407  * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode.
3408  *	Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations
3409  *	and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver
3410  *	this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL
3411  *	when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which
3412  *	advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback.
3413  *
3414  * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver.
3415  *
3416  * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the
3417  *	driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be
3418  *	used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames.
3419  *
3420  * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability
3421  *	for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the
3422  *	driver can take the most appropriate actions.
3423  * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link
3424  *	reliability. This operation can not fail.
3425  * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters.
3426  *
3427  * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is
3428  *	responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is
3429  *	inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later
3430  *	with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept
3431  *	everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them
3432  *	as soon as possible.
3433  *
3434  * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver
3435  *
3436  * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the
3437  *	given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width
3438  *	changes during the lifetime of the BSS.
3439  *
3440  * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device
3441  *	with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by
3442  *	userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into
3443  *	account.
3444  *	If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure
3445  *	the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return
3446  *	success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake
3447  *	with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later
3448  *	rejected)
3449  * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS
3450  *
3451  * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters
3452  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3453  * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network
3454  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3455  *
3456  * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3457  *	is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3458  *	and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP.
3459  * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3460  *	peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
3461  * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface.
3462  * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface.
3463  * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure.
3464  *	On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and
3465  *	it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver
3466  *	should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling
3467  *	cfg80211_free_nan_func().
3468  *	On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the
3469  *	provided @nan_func.
3470  * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function.
3471  * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must
3472  *	be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes);
3473  *	All other parameters must be ignored.
3474  *
3475  * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS
3476  *
3477  * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this
3478  *      function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise.
3479  *
3480  * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake.
3481  *	If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect
3482  *	upon which the driver should clear it.
3483  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3484  * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator.
3485  *	(invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held)
3486  *
3487  * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from
3488  *     user space
3489  *
3490  * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL).  The noencrypt parameter
3491  *	tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted.
3492  *
3493  * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3494  *	Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
3495  * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM)
3496  * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement
3497  *
3498  * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME
3499  *	but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated
3500  *	DH IE through this interface.
3501  *
3502  * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame
3503  *	and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm.
3504  */
3505 struct cfg80211_ops {
3506 	int	(*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow);
3507 	int	(*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3508 	void	(*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled);
3509 
3510 	struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3511 						  const char *name,
3512 						  unsigned char name_assign_type,
3513 						  enum nl80211_iftype type,
3514 						  struct vif_params *params);
3515 	int	(*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3516 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3517 	int	(*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3518 				       struct net_device *dev,
3519 				       enum nl80211_iftype type,
3520 				       struct vif_params *params);
3521 
3522 	int	(*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3523 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3524 			   struct key_params *params);
3525 	int	(*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3526 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr,
3527 			   void *cookie,
3528 			   void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*));
3529 	int	(*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3530 			   u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr);
3531 	int	(*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3532 				   struct net_device *netdev,
3533 				   u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast);
3534 	int	(*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3535 					struct net_device *netdev,
3536 					u8 key_index);
3537 
3538 	int	(*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3539 			    struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings);
3540 	int	(*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3541 				 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info);
3542 	int	(*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3543 
3544 
3545 	int	(*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3546 			       const u8 *mac,
3547 			       struct station_parameters *params);
3548 	int	(*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3549 			       struct station_del_parameters *params);
3550 	int	(*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3551 				  const u8 *mac,
3552 				  struct station_parameters *params);
3553 	int	(*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3554 			       const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3555 	int	(*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3556 				int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo);
3557 
3558 	int	(*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3559 			       const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3560 	int	(*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3561 			       const u8 *dst);
3562 	int	(*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3563 				  const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop);
3564 	int	(*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3565 			     u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3566 	int	(*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3567 			      int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop,
3568 			      struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3569 	int	(*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3570 			   u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3571 	int	(*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3572 			    int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp,
3573 			    struct mpath_info *pinfo);
3574 	int	(*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3575 				struct net_device *dev,
3576 				struct mesh_config *conf);
3577 	int	(*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3578 				      struct net_device *dev, u32 mask,
3579 				      const struct mesh_config *nconf);
3580 	int	(*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3581 			     const struct mesh_config *conf,
3582 			     const struct mesh_setup *setup);
3583 	int	(*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3584 
3585 	int	(*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3586 			    struct ocb_setup *setup);
3587 	int	(*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3588 
3589 	int	(*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3590 			      struct bss_parameters *params);
3591 
3592 	int	(*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3593 				  struct ieee80211_txq_params *params);
3594 
3595 	int	(*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3596 					     struct net_device *dev,
3597 					     struct ieee80211_channel *chan);
3598 
3599 	int	(*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3600 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3601 
3602 	int	(*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3603 			struct cfg80211_scan_request *request);
3604 	void	(*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3605 
3606 	int	(*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3607 			struct cfg80211_auth_request *req);
3608 	int	(*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3609 			 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req);
3610 	int	(*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3611 			  struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req);
3612 	int	(*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3613 			    struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req);
3614 
3615 	int	(*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3616 			   struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme);
3617 	int	(*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3618 					 struct net_device *dev,
3619 					 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme,
3620 					 u32 changed);
3621 	int	(*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3622 			      u16 reason_code);
3623 
3624 	int	(*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3625 			     struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params);
3626 	int	(*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev);
3627 
3628 	int	(*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3629 				  int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]);
3630 
3631 	int	(*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed);
3632 
3633 	int	(*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3634 				enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm);
3635 	int	(*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3636 				int *dbm);
3637 
3638 	int	(*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3639 				const u8 *addr);
3640 
3641 	void	(*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy);
3642 
3643 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
3644 	int	(*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3645 				void *data, int len);
3646 	int	(*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb,
3647 				 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3648 				 void *data, int len);
3649 #endif
3650 
3651 	int	(*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3652 				    struct net_device *dev,
3653 				    const u8 *peer,
3654 				    const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
3655 
3656 	int	(*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3657 			int idx, struct survey_info *info);
3658 
3659 	int	(*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3660 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3661 	int	(*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev,
3662 			     struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa);
3663 	int	(*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev);
3664 
3665 	int	(*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3666 				     struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3667 				     struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
3668 				     unsigned int duration,
3669 				     u64 *cookie);
3670 	int	(*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3671 					    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3672 					    u64 cookie);
3673 
3674 	int	(*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3675 			   struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params,
3676 			   u64 *cookie);
3677 	int	(*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3678 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3679 				       u64 cookie);
3680 
3681 	int	(*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3682 				  bool enabled, int timeout);
3683 
3684 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3685 				       struct net_device *dev,
3686 				       s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst);
3687 
3688 	int	(*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3689 					     struct net_device *dev,
3690 					     s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high);
3691 
3692 	int	(*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3693 				      struct net_device *dev,
3694 				      u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl);
3695 
3696 	void	(*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3697 				       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3698 				       u16 frame_type, bool reg);
3699 
3700 	int	(*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3701 	int	(*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
3702 
3703 	int	(*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3704 				struct net_device *dev,
3705 				struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request);
3706 	int	(*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3707 				   u64 reqid);
3708 
3709 	int	(*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3710 				  struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
3711 
3712 	int	(*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3713 			     const u8 *peer, u8 action_code,  u8 dialog_token,
3714 			     u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability,
3715 			     bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3716 	int	(*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3717 			     const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper);
3718 
3719 	int	(*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3720 				const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie);
3721 
3722 	int	(*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3723 				  struct net_device *dev,
3724 				  u16 noack_map);
3725 
3726 	int	(*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3727 			       struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3728 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3729 
3730 	int	(*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3731 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3732 	void	(*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3733 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3734 
3735 	int	(*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3736 			       const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params);
3737 
3738 	int	(*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3739 					 struct net_device *dev,
3740 					 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
3741 					 u32 cac_time_ms);
3742 	int	(*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3743 				 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie);
3744 	int	(*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3745 				    struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3746 				    enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol,
3747 				    u16 duration);
3748 	void	(*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3749 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3750 	int	(*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3751 				struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce);
3752 
3753 	int	(*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3754 				  struct net_device *dev,
3755 				  struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params);
3756 
3757 	int     (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3758 			       struct net_device *dev,
3759 			       struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
3760 
3761 	int	(*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3762 				    struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3763 
3764 	int	(*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3765 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio,
3766 			     u16 admitted_time);
3767 	int	(*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3768 			     u8 tsid, const u8 *peer);
3769 
3770 	int	(*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3771 				       struct net_device *dev,
3772 				       const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class,
3773 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
3774 	void	(*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3775 					      struct net_device *dev,
3776 					      const u8 *addr);
3777 	int	(*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3778 			     struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
3779 	void	(*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev);
3780 	int	(*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3781 				struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
3782 	void	(*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3783 			       u64 cookie);
3784 	int	(*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3785 				   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3786 				   struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf,
3787 				   u32 changes);
3788 
3789 	int	(*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3790 					    struct net_device *dev,
3791 					    const bool enabled);
3792 
3793 	int	(*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3794 				 struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3795 				 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats);
3796 
3797 	int	(*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3798 			   const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf);
3799 	int	(*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3800 			   const u8 *aa);
3801 	int     (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3802 				 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params);
3803 
3804 	int	(*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3805 				   struct net_device *dev,
3806 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len,
3807 				   const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto,
3808 				   const bool noencrypt);
3809 
3810 	int	(*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
3811 				struct net_device *dev,
3812 				struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
3813 
3814 	int	(*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3815 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3816 	void	(*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
3817 			      struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
3818 	int	(*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3819 				   struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info);
3820 	int	(*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev,
3821 				   const u8 *buf, size_t len);
3822 };
3823 
3824 /*
3825  * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures
3826  * and registration/helper functions
3827  */
3828 
3829 /**
3830  * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags
3831  *
3832  * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this
3833  *	wiphy at all
3834  * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled
3835  *	by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default
3836  *	on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good
3837  *	reason to override the default
3838  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station
3839  *	on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of
3840  *	supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype.
3841  * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station
3842  * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the
3843  *	control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the
3844  *	control_port_no_encrypt flag.
3845  * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN.
3846  * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing
3847  *	auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH.
3848  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the
3849  *	firmware.
3850  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP.
3851  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation.
3852  * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z)
3853  *	link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and
3854  *	teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
3855  *	command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
3856  *	used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation.
3857  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME
3858  * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes
3859  *	when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling
3860  *	cfg80211_report_obss_beacon().
3861  * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device
3862  *	responds to probe-requests in hardware.
3863  * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX.
3864  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call.
3865  * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels.
3866  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in
3867  *	beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...).
3868  * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation
3869  *	before connection.
3870  */
3871 enum wiphy_flags {
3872 	/* use hole at 0 */
3873 	/* use hole at 1 */
3874 	/* use hole at 2 */
3875 	WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK			= BIT(3),
3876 	WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT		= BIT(4),
3877 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP			= BIT(5),
3878 	WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION		= BIT(6),
3879 	WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL	= BIT(7),
3880 	WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN			= BIT(8),
3881 	WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH			= BIT(10),
3882 	/* use hole at 11 */
3883 	/* use hole at 12 */
3884 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM		= BIT(13),
3885 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD			= BIT(14),
3886 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS		= BIT(15),
3887 	WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP		= BIT(16),
3888 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME			= BIT(17),
3889 	WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS			= BIT(18),
3890 	WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD	= BIT(19),
3891 	WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX			= BIT(20),
3892 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL	= BIT(21),
3893 	WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ		= BIT(22),
3894 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH		= BIT(23),
3895 	WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP		= BIT(24),
3896 };
3897 
3898 /**
3899  * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types
3900  * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types
3901  * @types: interface types (bits)
3902  */
3903 struct ieee80211_iface_limit {
3904 	u16 max;
3905 	u16 types;
3906 };
3907 
3908 /**
3909  * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination
3910  *
3911  * With this structure the driver can describe which interface
3912  * combinations it supports concurrently.
3913  *
3914  * Examples:
3915  *
3916  * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total:
3917  *
3918  *    .. code-block:: c
3919  *
3920  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = {
3921  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3922  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, },
3923  *	};
3924  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = {
3925  *		.limits = limits1,
3926  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1),
3927  *		.max_interfaces = 2,
3928  *		.beacon_int_infra_match = true,
3929  *	};
3930  *
3931  *
3932  * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total:
3933  *
3934  *    .. code-block:: c
3935  *
3936  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = {
3937  *		{ .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) |
3938  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), },
3939  *	};
3940  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = {
3941  *		.limits = limits2,
3942  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2),
3943  *		.max_interfaces = 8,
3944  *		.num_different_channels = 1,
3945  *	};
3946  *
3947  *
3948  * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total.
3949  *
3950  *    This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections.
3951  *
3952  *    .. code-block:: c
3953  *
3954  *	struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = {
3955  *		{ .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), },
3956  *		{ .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) |
3957  *				     BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), },
3958  *	};
3959  *	struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = {
3960  *		.limits = limits3,
3961  *		.n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3),
3962  *		.max_interfaces = 4,
3963  *		.num_different_channels = 2,
3964  *	};
3965  *
3966  */
3967 struct ieee80211_iface_combination {
3968 	/**
3969 	 * @limits:
3970 	 * limits for the given interface types
3971 	 */
3972 	const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits;
3973 
3974 	/**
3975 	 * @num_different_channels:
3976 	 * can use up to this many different channels
3977 	 */
3978 	u32 num_different_channels;
3979 
3980 	/**
3981 	 * @max_interfaces:
3982 	 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group
3983 	 */
3984 	u16 max_interfaces;
3985 
3986 	/**
3987 	 * @n_limits:
3988 	 * number of limitations
3989 	 */
3990 	u8 n_limits;
3991 
3992 	/**
3993 	 * @beacon_int_infra_match:
3994 	 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure
3995 	 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases.
3996 	 */
3997 	bool beacon_int_infra_match;
3998 
3999 	/**
4000 	 * @radar_detect_widths:
4001 	 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection
4002 	 */
4003 	u8 radar_detect_widths;
4004 
4005 	/**
4006 	 * @radar_detect_regions:
4007 	 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection
4008 	 */
4009 	u8 radar_detect_regions;
4010 
4011 	/**
4012 	 * @beacon_int_min_gcd:
4013 	 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals.
4014 	 *
4015 	 * = 0
4016 	 *   all beacon intervals for different interface must be same.
4017 	 * > 0
4018 	 *   any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND
4019 	 *   GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this
4020 	 *   combination must be greater or equal to this value.
4021 	 */
4022 	u32 beacon_int_min_gcd;
4023 };
4024 
4025 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes {
4026 	u16 tx, rx;
4027 };
4028 
4029 /**
4030  * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags
4031  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any"
4032  *	trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and
4033  *	wakes up the host on any activity, for example a
4034  *	received packet that passed filtering; note that the
4035  *	packet should be preserved in that case
4036  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet
4037  *	(see nl80211.h)
4038  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect
4039  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep
4040  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure
4041  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request
4042  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure
4043  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release
4044  * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection
4045  */
4046 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags {
4047 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY		= BIT(0),
4048 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT		= BIT(1),
4049 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT		= BIT(2),
4050 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY	= BIT(3),
4051 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE	= BIT(4),
4052 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ	= BIT(5),
4053 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE	= BIT(6),
4054 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE	= BIT(7),
4055 	WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT		= BIT(8),
4056 };
4057 
4058 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support {
4059 	const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok;
4060 	u32 data_payload_max;
4061 	u32 data_interval_max;
4062 	u32 wake_payload_max;
4063 	bool seq;
4064 };
4065 
4066 /**
4067  * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data
4068  * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags
4069  * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns
4070  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4071  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4072  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4073  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4074  * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect,
4075  *	similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for
4076  *	scheduled scans.
4077  *	See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more
4078  *	details.
4079  * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information
4080  */
4081 struct wiphy_wowlan_support {
4082 	u32 flags;
4083 	int n_patterns;
4084 	int pattern_max_len;
4085 	int pattern_min_len;
4086 	int max_pkt_offset;
4087 	int max_nd_match_sets;
4088 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp;
4089 };
4090 
4091 /**
4092  * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data
4093  * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules
4094  * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
4095  * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule
4096  *	(see nl80211.h for the pattern definition)
4097  * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern
4098  * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern
4099  * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
4100  */
4101 struct wiphy_coalesce_support {
4102 	int n_rules;
4103 	int max_delay;
4104 	int n_patterns;
4105 	int pattern_max_len;
4106 	int pattern_min_len;
4107 	int max_pkt_offset;
4108 };
4109 
4110 /**
4111  * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands
4112  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev
4113  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev
4114  * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running
4115  *	(must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV)
4116  */
4117 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags {
4118 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0),
4119 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1),
4120 	WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2),
4121 };
4122 
4123 /**
4124  * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags
4125  *
4126  * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed
4127  * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed
4128  * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed
4129  *
4130  */
4131 enum wiphy_opmode_flag {
4132 	STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED	= BIT(0),
4133 	STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED	= BIT(1),
4134 	STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED		= BIT(2),
4135 };
4136 
4137 /**
4138  * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information
4139  * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag
4140  * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station
4141  * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station
4142  * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station
4143  */
4144 
4145 struct sta_opmode_info {
4146 	u32 changed;
4147 	enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
4148 	enum nl80211_chan_width bw;
4149 	u8 rx_nss;
4150 };
4151 
4152 /**
4153  * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition
4154  * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211
4155  * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags
4156  * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the
4157  *	flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data
4158  *	pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all
4159  * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The
4160  *	@storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple
4161  *	dumpit calls.
4162  * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and
4163  * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others
4164  * are used with dump requests.
4165  */
4166 struct wiphy_vendor_command {
4167 	struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info;
4168 	u32 flags;
4169 	int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4170 		    const void *data, int data_len);
4171 	int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
4172 		      struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len,
4173 		      unsigned long *storage);
4174 };
4175 
4176 /**
4177  * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type
4178  * @iftype: interface type
4179  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4180  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the
4181  *	802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are
4182  *	in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std
4183  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields.
4184  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4185  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4186  */
4187 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab {
4188 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4189 	const u8 *extended_capabilities;
4190 	const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask;
4191 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4192 };
4193 
4194 /**
4195  * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities
4196  * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement
4197  * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement
4198  * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement
4199  * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported
4200  * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported
4201  * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported
4202  * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data
4203  * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data
4204  * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble)
4205  * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width)
4206  * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported
4207  *	(set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily
4208  *	forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick)
4209  * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if
4210  *	not limited)
4211  */
4212 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities {
4213 	unsigned int max_peers;
4214 	u8 report_ap_tsf:1,
4215 	   randomize_mac_addr:1;
4216 
4217 	struct {
4218 		u32 preambles;
4219 		u32 bandwidths;
4220 		s8 max_bursts_exponent;
4221 		u8 max_ftms_per_burst;
4222 		u8 supported:1,
4223 		   asap:1,
4224 		   non_asap:1,
4225 		   request_lci:1,
4226 		   request_civicloc:1;
4227 	} ftm;
4228 };
4229 
4230 /**
4231  * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description
4232  * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback,
4233  *	note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory()
4234  *	the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL
4235  * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via
4236  * 	the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver
4237  *	on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future
4238  *	regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers.
4239  * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss.
4240  * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites
4241  * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites
4242  * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites
4243  * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites
4244  * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit)
4245  * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit)
4246  * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold);
4247  *	-1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used
4248  * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled
4249  * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in
4250  * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device
4251  * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking,
4252  *	set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last
4253  *	four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual
4254  *	variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with
4255  *	interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up.
4256  * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses.
4257  * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer
4258  *	to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used
4259  *	by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to
4260  *	all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle
4261  *	the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses.
4262  * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against
4263  *	unregister hardware
4264  * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed
4265  *	automatically on wiphy renames
4266  * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy
4267  * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister
4268  * @wext: wireless extension handlers
4269  * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter)
4270  * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy,
4271  *	must be set by driver
4272  * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not
4273  *	list single interface types.
4274  * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array.
4275  * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not
4276  *	subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW.
4277  * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags
4278  * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see
4279  *	&enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags
4280  * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags.
4281  * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see
4282  *	&enum nl80211_ext_feature_index.
4283  * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it,
4284  *	this variable determines its size
4285  * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in
4286  *	any given scan
4287  * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that
4288  *	the device can run concurrently.
4289  * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan
4290  *	for in any given scheduled scan
4291  * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle
4292  *	when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not
4293  *	supported.
4294  * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can
4295  *	add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not
4296  *	include fixed IEs like supported rates
4297  * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled
4298  *	scans
4299  * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number
4300  *	of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device.
4301  * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a
4302  *	single scan plan supported by the device.
4303  * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single
4304  *	scan plan supported by the device.
4305  * @coverage_class: current coverage class
4306  * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting
4307  * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting
4308  * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device
4309  * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary
4310  *	wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers
4311  * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device
4312  *
4313  * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or
4314  *	transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface
4315  *	type
4316  *
4317  * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4318  *	configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4319  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set.
4320  *
4321  * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be
4322  *	configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be
4323  *	rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set.
4324  *
4325  * @probe_resp_offload:
4326  *	 Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading.
4327  *	 See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4328  *	 when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4329  *
4330  * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation
4331  *	may request, if implemented.
4332  *
4333  * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information
4334  * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be
4335  *	used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed
4336  *	to the suspend() operation instead.
4337  *
4338  * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
4339  * @ht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden.
4340  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4341  * @vht_capa_mod_mask:  Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden.
4342  *	If null, then none can be over-ridden.
4343  *
4344  * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must
4345  *	not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection.
4346  *
4347  * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device
4348  *	supports for ACL.
4349  *
4350  * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver,
4351  *	additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are
4352  *	the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element")
4353  *	and are in the same format as in the information element. See
4354  *	802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default
4355  *	extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified
4356  *	for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab.
4357  * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values
4358  * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities
4359  * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type
4360  * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended
4361  *	capabilities are specified separately.
4362  * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information
4363  *
4364  * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware
4365  * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands
4366  * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware
4367  * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events
4368  *
4369  * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode
4370  *	(including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The
4371  *	driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in
4372  *	some cases, but may not always reach.
4373  *
4374  * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons
4375  *	and probe responses.  This value should be set if the driver
4376  *	wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means
4377  *	infinite.
4378  * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the
4379  *	frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which
4380  *	the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the
4381  *	low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set
4382  *	this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate.
4383  *	This value should be set in MHz.
4384  * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported
4385  *	by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the
4386  *	attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr.
4387  *
4388  * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a
4389  *	bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values.  For instance, for
4390  *	NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set
4391  *	(i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)).
4392  *
4393  * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit
4394  * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit
4395  * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum
4396  *
4397  * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP
4398  * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not
4399  *	HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues.
4400  *	@support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect.
4401  *
4402  * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities
4403  */
4404 struct wiphy {
4405 	/* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */
4406 
4407 	/* permanent MAC address(es) */
4408 	u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN];
4409 	u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN];
4410 
4411 	struct mac_address *addresses;
4412 
4413 	const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes;
4414 
4415 	const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations;
4416 	int n_iface_combinations;
4417 	u16 software_iftypes;
4418 
4419 	u16 n_addresses;
4420 
4421 	/* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */
4422 	u16 interface_modes;
4423 
4424 	u16 max_acl_mac_addrs;
4425 
4426 	u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features;
4427 	u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)];
4428 
4429 	u32 ap_sme_capa;
4430 
4431 	enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type;
4432 
4433 	int bss_priv_size;
4434 	u8 max_scan_ssids;
4435 	u8 max_sched_scan_reqs;
4436 	u8 max_sched_scan_ssids;
4437 	u8 max_match_sets;
4438 	u16 max_scan_ie_len;
4439 	u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len;
4440 	u32 max_sched_scan_plans;
4441 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval;
4442 	u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations;
4443 
4444 	int n_cipher_suites;
4445 	const u32 *cipher_suites;
4446 
4447 	int n_akm_suites;
4448 	const u32 *akm_suites;
4449 
4450 	u8 retry_short;
4451 	u8 retry_long;
4452 	u32 frag_threshold;
4453 	u32 rts_threshold;
4454 	u8 coverage_class;
4455 
4456 	char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN];
4457 	u32 hw_version;
4458 
4459 #ifdef CONFIG_PM
4460 	const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan;
4461 	struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config;
4462 #endif
4463 
4464 	u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration;
4465 
4466 	u8 max_num_pmkids;
4467 
4468 	u32 available_antennas_tx;
4469 	u32 available_antennas_rx;
4470 
4471 	/*
4472 	 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading
4473 	 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid
4474 	 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set.
4475 	 */
4476 	u32 probe_resp_offload;
4477 
4478 	const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask;
4479 	u8 extended_capabilities_len;
4480 
4481 	const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab;
4482 	unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab;
4483 
4484 	/* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g.
4485 	 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't
4486 	 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered
4487 	 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to
4488 	 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */
4489 	const void *privid;
4490 
4491 	struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
4492 
4493 	/* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */
4494 	void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy,
4495 			     struct regulatory_request *request);
4496 
4497 	/* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */
4498 
4499 	const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd;
4500 
4501 	/* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this,
4502 	 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */
4503 	struct device dev;
4504 
4505 	/* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */
4506 	bool registered;
4507 
4508 	/* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */
4509 	struct dentry *debugfsdir;
4510 
4511 	const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask;
4512 	const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask;
4513 
4514 	struct list_head wdev_list;
4515 
4516 	/* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */
4517 	possible_net_t _net;
4518 
4519 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4520 	const struct iw_handler_def *wext;
4521 #endif
4522 
4523 	const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce;
4524 
4525 	const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands;
4526 	const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events;
4527 	int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events;
4528 
4529 	u16 max_ap_assoc_sta;
4530 
4531 	u8 max_num_csa_counters;
4532 	u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp;
4533 
4534 	u32 bss_select_support;
4535 
4536 	u8 nan_supported_bands;
4537 
4538 	u32 txq_limit;
4539 	u32 txq_memory_limit;
4540 	u32 txq_quantum;
4541 
4542 	u8 support_mbssid:1,
4543 	   support_only_he_mbssid:1;
4544 
4545 	const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa;
4546 
4547 	char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN);
4548 };
4549 
4550 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4551 {
4552 	return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net);
4553 }
4554 
4555 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net)
4556 {
4557 	write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net);
4558 }
4559 
4560 /**
4561  * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy
4562  *
4563  * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return
4564  * Return: The priv of @wiphy.
4565  */
4566 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4567 {
4568 	BUG_ON(!wiphy);
4569 	return &wiphy->priv;
4570 }
4571 
4572 /**
4573  * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv
4574  *
4575  * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv
4576  * Return: The wiphy of @priv.
4577  */
4578 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv)
4579 {
4580 	BUG_ON(!priv);
4581 	return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv);
4582 }
4583 
4584 /**
4585  * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy
4586  *
4587  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind
4588  * @dev: The device to parent it to
4589  */
4590 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev)
4591 {
4592 	wiphy->dev.parent = dev;
4593 }
4594 
4595 /**
4596  * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer
4597  *
4598  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up
4599  * Return: The dev of @wiphy.
4600  */
4601 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy)
4602 {
4603 	return wiphy->dev.parent;
4604 }
4605 
4606 /**
4607  * wiphy_name - get wiphy name
4608  *
4609  * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return
4610  * Return: The name of @wiphy.
4611  */
4612 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy)
4613 {
4614 	return dev_name(&wiphy->dev);
4615 }
4616 
4617 /**
4618  * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4619  *
4620  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4621  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4622  * @requested_name: Request a particular name.
4623  *	NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming.
4624  *
4625  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4626  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4627  *
4628  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4629  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4630  */
4631 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv,
4632 			   const char *requested_name);
4633 
4634 /**
4635  * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211
4636  *
4637  * @ops: The configuration operations for this device
4638  * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate
4639  *
4640  * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it.
4641  * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use.
4642  *
4643  * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be
4644  * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation.
4645  */
4646 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops,
4647 				      int sizeof_priv)
4648 {
4649 	return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL);
4650 }
4651 
4652 /**
4653  * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211
4654  *
4655  * @wiphy: The wiphy to register.
4656  *
4657  * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code.
4658  */
4659 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4660 
4661 /**
4662  * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211
4663  *
4664  * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister.
4665  *
4666  * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv
4667  * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding
4668  * request that is being handled.
4669  */
4670 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4671 
4672 /**
4673  * wiphy_free - free wiphy
4674  *
4675  * @wiphy: The wiphy to free
4676  */
4677 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy);
4678 
4679 /* internal structs */
4680 struct cfg80211_conn;
4681 struct cfg80211_internal_bss;
4682 struct cfg80211_cached_keys;
4683 struct cfg80211_cqm_config;
4684 
4685 /**
4686  * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state
4687  *
4688  * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver
4689  * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this
4690  * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.)
4691  * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will
4692  * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device.
4693  *
4694  * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver
4695  * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as
4696  * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be
4697  * allocated outside of callback operations that return it.
4698  *
4699  * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description
4700  * @iftype: interface type
4701  * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces
4702  * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL
4703  * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this
4704  *	wireless device if it has no netdev
4705  * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4706  * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track
4707  *	the user-set channel definition.
4708  * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to
4709  *	track the channel to be used for AP later
4710  * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4711  * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4712  * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4713  * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4714  * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code
4715  * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code
4716  * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling
4717  * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data
4718  * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data
4719  * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association
4720  * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements
4721  * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID
4722  * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID
4723  * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index
4724  * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index
4725  * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation
4726  * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity
4727  * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be
4728  *	set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the
4729  *	netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update
4730  *	by cfg80211 on change_interface
4731  * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames
4732  * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list
4733  * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers
4734  *	and some API functions require it held
4735  * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting
4736  *	beacons, 0 when not valid
4737  * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL
4738  * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g.
4739  *	the P2P Device.
4740  * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started
4741  * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered.
4742  * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms
4743  * @ps: powersave mode is enabled
4744  * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout
4745  * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application
4746  *	registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode)
4747  * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data
4748  * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established
4749  * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type
4750  * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID
4751  * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work
4752  * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect
4753  * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID
4754  * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel
4755  * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing
4756  * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list
4757  * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID
4758  * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away
4759  * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state
4760  * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests
4761  * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock
4762  * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work
4763  */
4764 struct wireless_dev {
4765 	struct wiphy *wiphy;
4766 	enum nl80211_iftype iftype;
4767 
4768 	/* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */
4769 	struct list_head list;
4770 	struct net_device *netdev;
4771 
4772 	u32 identifier;
4773 
4774 	struct list_head mgmt_registrations;
4775 	spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock;
4776 
4777 	struct mutex mtx;
4778 
4779 	bool use_4addr, is_running;
4780 
4781 	u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16));
4782 
4783 	/* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */
4784 	u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4785 	u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len;
4786 	struct cfg80211_conn *conn;
4787 	struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys;
4788 	enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type;
4789 	u32 conn_owner_nlportid;
4790 
4791 	struct work_struct disconnect_wk;
4792 	u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4793 
4794 	struct list_head event_list;
4795 	spinlock_t event_lock;
4796 
4797 	struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */
4798 	struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef;
4799 	struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
4800 
4801 	bool ibss_fixed;
4802 	bool ibss_dfs_possible;
4803 
4804 	bool ps;
4805 	int ps_timeout;
4806 
4807 	int beacon_interval;
4808 
4809 	u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid;
4810 
4811 	u32 owner_nlportid;
4812 	bool nl_owner_dead;
4813 
4814 	bool cac_started;
4815 	unsigned long cac_start_time;
4816 	unsigned int cac_time_ms;
4817 
4818 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT
4819 	/* wext data */
4820 	struct {
4821 		struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss;
4822 		struct cfg80211_connect_params connect;
4823 		struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys;
4824 		const u8 *ie;
4825 		size_t ie_len;
4826 		u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4827 		u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
4828 		u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
4829 		s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key;
4830 		bool prev_bssid_valid;
4831 	} wext;
4832 #endif
4833 
4834 	struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config;
4835 
4836 	struct list_head pmsr_list;
4837 	spinlock_t pmsr_lock;
4838 	struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk;
4839 };
4840 
4841 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4842 {
4843 	if (wdev->netdev)
4844 		return wdev->netdev->dev_addr;
4845 	return wdev->address;
4846 }
4847 
4848 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4849 {
4850 	if (wdev->netdev)
4851 		return netif_running(wdev->netdev);
4852 	return wdev->is_running;
4853 }
4854 
4855 /**
4856  * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev
4857  *
4858  * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return
4859  * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev.
4860  */
4861 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev)
4862 {
4863 	BUG_ON(!wdev);
4864 	return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy);
4865 }
4866 
4867 /**
4868  * DOC: Utility functions
4869  *
4870  * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful.
4871  */
4872 
4873 /**
4874  * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency
4875  * @chan: channel number
4876  * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap
4877  * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed.
4878  */
4879 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band);
4880 
4881 /**
4882  * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number
4883  * @freq: center frequency
4884  * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed.
4885  */
4886 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq);
4887 
4888 /**
4889  * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency
4890  *
4891  * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for
4892  * @freq: the center frequency of the channel
4893  *
4894  * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq.
4895  */
4896 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq);
4897 
4898 /**
4899  * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate
4900  *
4901  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4902  * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates
4903  * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate
4904  *
4905  * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that
4906  * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map,
4907  * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of
4908  * rates in the band's bitrate table.
4909  */
4910 struct ieee80211_rate *
4911 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4912 			    u32 basic_rates, int bitrate);
4913 
4914 /**
4915  * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band
4916  * @sband: the band to look for rates in
4917  * @scan_width: width of the control channel
4918  *
4919  * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given
4920  * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array.
4921  */
4922 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
4923 			      enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width);
4924 
4925 /*
4926  * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support
4927  *
4928  * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c
4929  * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt
4930  */
4931 
4932 struct radiotap_align_size {
4933 	uint8_t align:4, size:4;
4934 };
4935 
4936 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace {
4937 	const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size;
4938 	int n_bits;
4939 	uint32_t oui;
4940 	uint8_t subns;
4941 };
4942 
4943 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces {
4944 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns;
4945 	int n_ns;
4946 };
4947 
4948 /**
4949  * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args
4950  * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call
4951  *	to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next()
4952  * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each
4953  *	call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after
4954  *	ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to
4955  *	the beginning of the actual data portion
4956  * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience
4957  * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition
4958  *	(or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown)
4959  * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default
4960  *	radiotap namespace or not
4961  *
4962  * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through
4963  * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering
4964  * @_arg_index: next argument index
4965  * @_arg: next argument pointer
4966  * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32
4967  * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present
4968  * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions
4969  * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data
4970  * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the
4971  *	next bitmap word
4972  *
4973  * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore
4974  * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally.
4975  */
4976 
4977 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator {
4978 	struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader;
4979 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns;
4980 	const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace;
4981 
4982 	unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data;
4983 	__le32 *_next_bitmap;
4984 
4985 	unsigned char *this_arg;
4986 	int this_arg_index;
4987 	int this_arg_size;
4988 
4989 	int is_radiotap_ns;
4990 
4991 	int _max_length;
4992 	int _arg_index;
4993 	uint32_t _bitmap_shifter;
4994 	int _reset_on_ext;
4995 };
4996 
4997 int
4998 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator,
4999 				 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header,
5000 				 int max_length,
5001 				 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns);
5002 
5003 int
5004 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator);
5005 
5006 
5007 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6];
5008 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6];
5009 
5010 /**
5011  * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data
5012  *
5013  * @skb: the frame
5014  *
5015  * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function
5016  * returns the 802.11 header length.
5017  *
5018  * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption
5019  * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid
5020  * 802.11 header.
5021  */
5022 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb);
5023 
5024 /**
5025  * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control
5026  * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format
5027  * Return: The header length in bytes.
5028  */
5029 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc);
5030 
5031 /**
5032  * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length
5033  * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field
5034  *	(first byte) will be accessed
5035  * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at
5036  * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present.
5037  */
5038 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr);
5039 
5040 /**
5041  * DOC: Data path helpers
5042  *
5043  * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers
5044  * functions that help implement the data path for devices
5045  * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device.
5046  */
5047 
5048 /**
5049  * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5050  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5051  * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead
5052  *	of it being pushed into the SKB
5053  * @addr: the device MAC address
5054  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5055  * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header
5056  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5057  */
5058 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr,
5059 				  const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5060 				  u8 data_offset);
5061 
5062 /**
5063  * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3
5064  * @skb: the 802.11 data frame
5065  * @addr: the device MAC address
5066  * @iftype: the virtual interface type
5067  * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error.
5068  */
5069 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr,
5070 					 enum nl80211_iftype iftype)
5071 {
5072 	return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0);
5073 }
5074 
5075 /**
5076  * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame
5077  *
5078  * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames.
5079  * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully
5080  * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function.
5081  *
5082  * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers.
5083  * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and
5084  *	initialized by by the caller.
5085  * @addr: The device MAC address.
5086  * @iftype: The device interface type.
5087  * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list.
5088  * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5089  * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL
5090  */
5091 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list,
5092 			      const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype,
5093 			      const unsigned int extra_headroom,
5094 			      const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa);
5095 
5096 /**
5097  * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame
5098  * @skb: the data frame
5099  * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use
5100  * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag.
5101  */
5102 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb,
5103 				    struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map);
5104 
5105 /**
5106  * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data
5107  *
5108  * @eid: element ID
5109  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5110  * @len: length of data
5111  * @match: byte array to match
5112  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5113  * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match.
5114  *	Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers
5115  *	the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take
5116  *	the data portion instead.
5117  *
5118  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5119  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5120  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5121  * requested element struct.
5122  *
5123  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5124  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5125  * byte array to match.
5126  */
5127 const struct element *
5128 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5129 			 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5130 			 unsigned int match_offset);
5131 
5132 /**
5133  * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data
5134  *
5135  * @eid: element ID
5136  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5137  * @len: length of data
5138  * @match: byte array to match
5139  * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array
5140  * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match.
5141  *	If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero.
5142  *	Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first
5143  *	byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and
5144  *	the second byte is the IE length.
5145  *
5146  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5147  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5148  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first
5149  * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5150  * element ID.
5151  *
5152  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5153  * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the
5154  * byte array to match.
5155  */
5156 static inline const u8 *
5157 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
5158 		       const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len,
5159 		       unsigned int match_offset)
5160 {
5161 	/* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is
5162 	 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well.
5163 	 */
5164 	if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) ||
5165 		    (!match_len && match_offset)))
5166 		return NULL;
5167 
5168 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len,
5169 						match, match_len,
5170 						match_offset ?
5171 							match_offset - 2 : 0);
5172 }
5173 
5174 /**
5175  * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data
5176  *
5177  * @eid: element ID
5178  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5179  * @len: length of data
5180  *
5181  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5182  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5183  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5184  * requested element struct.
5185  *
5186  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5187  * having to fit into the given data.
5188  */
5189 static inline const struct element *
5190 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5191 {
5192 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5193 }
5194 
5195 /**
5196  * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data
5197  *
5198  * @eid: element ID
5199  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5200  * @len: length of data
5201  *
5202  * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if
5203  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5204  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5205  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5206  *
5207  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5208  * having to fit into the given data.
5209  */
5210 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5211 {
5212 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0);
5213 }
5214 
5215 /**
5216  * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data
5217  *
5218  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5219  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5220  * @len: length of data
5221  *
5222  * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if
5223  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5224  * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the
5225  * requested element struct.
5226  *
5227  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5228  * having to fit into the given data.
5229  */
5230 static inline const struct element *
5231 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5232 {
5233 	return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5234 					&ext_eid, 1, 0);
5235 }
5236 
5237 /**
5238  * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data
5239  *
5240  * @ext_eid: element ID Extension
5241  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5242  * @len: length of data
5243  *
5244  * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if
5245  * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given
5246  * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested
5247  * element, that is the byte containing the element ID.
5248  *
5249  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than
5250  * having to fit into the given data.
5251  */
5252 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len)
5253 {
5254 	return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len,
5255 				      &ext_eid, 1, 2);
5256 }
5257 
5258 /**
5259  * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data
5260  *
5261  * @oui: vendor OUI
5262  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5263  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5264  * @len: length of data
5265  *
5266  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5267  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise
5268  * return the element structure for the requested element.
5269  *
5270  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5271  * the given data.
5272  */
5273 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5274 						const u8 *ies,
5275 						unsigned int len);
5276 
5277 /**
5278  * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data
5279  *
5280  * @oui: vendor OUI
5281  * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any
5282  * @ies: data consisting of IEs
5283  * @len: length of data
5284  *
5285  * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the
5286  * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to
5287  * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the
5288  * element ID.
5289  *
5290  * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into
5291  * the given data.
5292  */
5293 static inline const u8 *
5294 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type,
5295 			const u8 *ies, unsigned int len)
5296 {
5297 	return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len);
5298 }
5299 
5300 /**
5301  * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame
5302  *
5303  * @dev: network device
5304  * @addr: STA MAC address
5305  *
5306  * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge
5307  * devices upon STA association.
5308  */
5309 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5310 
5311 /**
5312  * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure
5313  *
5314  * TODO
5315  */
5316 
5317 /**
5318  * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain
5319  * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting
5320  *	conflicts)
5321  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain
5322  * 	should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you
5323  * 	set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted
5324  * 	alpha2.
5325  *
5326  * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core
5327  * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by
5328  * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory
5329  * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain.
5330  * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried
5331  * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country.
5332  *
5333  * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call.
5334  * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(),
5335  * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw().
5336  *
5337  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5338  * an -ENOMEM.
5339  *
5340  * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM.
5341  */
5342 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2);
5343 
5344 /**
5345  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers
5346  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5347  * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy
5348  *
5349  * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they
5350  * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more
5351  * information.
5352  *
5353  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5354  */
5355 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5356 			      struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5357 
5358 /**
5359  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers
5360  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5361  * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy
5362  *
5363  * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain
5364  * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see
5365  * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd().
5366  *
5367  * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM
5368  */
5369 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5370 					struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd);
5371 
5372 /**
5373  * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain
5374  * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on
5375  * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy
5376  *
5377  * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply
5378  * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory
5379  * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The
5380  * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous
5381  * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a
5382  * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled.
5383  * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag
5384  * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy
5385  * that called this helper.
5386  */
5387 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5388 				   const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd);
5389 
5390 /**
5391  * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency
5392  * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for
5393  * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for
5394  *
5395  * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on
5396  * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain
5397  * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received
5398  * and processed already.
5399  *
5400  * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule
5401  * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to
5402  * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return
5403  * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even
5404  * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band.
5405  * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is
5406  * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific.
5407  */
5408 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5409 					       u32 center_freq);
5410 
5411 /**
5412  * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name
5413  * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator
5414  *
5415  * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a
5416  * proper string representation.
5417  */
5418 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator);
5419 
5420 /**
5421  * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions
5422  *
5423  */
5424 
5425 /**
5426  * reg_query_regdb_wmm -  Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule
5427  * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively
5428  *
5429  * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried.
5430  * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried.
5431  * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db.
5432  *
5433  * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to  query
5434  * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given
5435  * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations.
5436  *
5437  * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get
5438  * an -ENODATA.
5439  *
5440  * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA.
5441  */
5442 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq,
5443 			struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule);
5444 
5445 /*
5446  * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification
5447  * functions and BSS handling helpers
5448  */
5449 
5450 /**
5451  * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished
5452  *
5453  * @request: the corresponding scan request
5454  * @info: information about the completed scan
5455  */
5456 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request,
5457 			struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
5458 
5459 /**
5460  * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available
5461  *
5462  * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results
5463  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5464  */
5465 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5466 
5467 /**
5468  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5469  *
5470  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5471  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5472  *
5473  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5474  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5475  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5476  */
5477 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5478 
5479 /**
5480  * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped
5481  *
5482  * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped
5483  * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request
5484  *
5485  * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the
5486  * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason.  The driver
5487  * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done.
5488  * This function should be called with rtnl locked.
5489  */
5490 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid);
5491 
5492 /**
5493  * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame
5494  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5495  * @data: the BSS metadata
5496  * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon)
5497  * @len: length of the management frame
5498  * @gfp: context flags
5499  *
5500  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5501  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5502  *
5503  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5504  * Or %NULL on error.
5505  */
5506 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5507 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5508 			       struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5509 			       struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5510 			       gfp_t gfp);
5511 
5512 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5513 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5514 				struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5515 				enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5516 				struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5517 				s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5518 {
5519 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5520 		.chan = rx_channel,
5521 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5522 		.signal = signal,
5523 	};
5524 
5525 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5526 }
5527 
5528 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5529 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5530 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5531 			  struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len,
5532 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5533 {
5534 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5535 		.chan = rx_channel,
5536 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5537 		.signal = signal,
5538 	};
5539 
5540 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp);
5541 }
5542 
5543 /**
5544  * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID
5545  * @bssid: transmitter BSSID
5546  * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element
5547  * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element
5548  * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID
5549  */
5550 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid,
5551 					  u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid)
5552 {
5553 	u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid);
5554 	u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0);
5555 	u64 new_bssid_u64;
5556 
5557 	new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask;
5558 
5559 	new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask;
5560 
5561 	u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid);
5562 }
5563 
5564 /**
5565  * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited
5566  * @element: element to check
5567  * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element
5568  */
5569 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element,
5570 				   const struct element *non_inherit_element);
5571 
5572 /**
5573  * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs
5574  * @ie: ies
5575  * @ielen: length of IEs
5576  * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element
5577  * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile)
5578  * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile
5579  * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length
5580  */
5581 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5582 			      const struct element *mbssid_elem,
5583 			      const struct element *sub_elem,
5584 			      u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len);
5585 
5586 /**
5587  * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from
5588  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is
5589  *	from a beacon or probe response
5590  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon
5591  * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response
5592  */
5593 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type {
5594 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN,
5595 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON,
5596 	CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP,
5597 };
5598 
5599 /**
5600  * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS
5601  *
5602  * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS
5603  * @data: the BSS metadata
5604  * @ftype: frame type (if known)
5605  * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS
5606  * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0)
5607  * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer
5608  * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer
5609  * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer
5610  * @ielen: length of the additional IEs
5611  * @gfp: context flags
5612  *
5613  * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and
5614  * the BSS should be updated/added.
5615  *
5616  * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()!
5617  * Or %NULL on error.
5618  */
5619 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5620 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5621 			 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data,
5622 			 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5623 			 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5624 			 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5625 			 gfp_t gfp);
5626 
5627 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5628 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5629 			  struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5630 			  enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width,
5631 			  enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5632 			  const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5633 			  u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5634 			  s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5635 {
5636 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5637 		.chan = rx_channel,
5638 		.scan_width = scan_width,
5639 		.signal = signal,
5640 	};
5641 
5642 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5643 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5644 					gfp);
5645 }
5646 
5647 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check
5648 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5649 		    struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel,
5650 		    enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype,
5651 		    const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability,
5652 		    u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen,
5653 		    s32 signal, gfp_t gfp)
5654 {
5655 	struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = {
5656 		.chan = rx_channel,
5657 		.scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20,
5658 		.signal = signal,
5659 	};
5660 
5661 	return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf,
5662 					capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen,
5663 					gfp);
5664 }
5665 
5666 /**
5667  * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference
5668  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5669  * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL)
5670  * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL)
5671  * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL)
5672  * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0)
5673  * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type
5674  * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy
5675  */
5676 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5677 				      struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5678 				      const u8 *bssid,
5679 				      const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
5680 				      enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type,
5681 				      enum ieee80211_privacy privacy);
5682 static inline struct cfg80211_bss *
5683 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5684 		  struct ieee80211_channel *channel,
5685 		  const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len)
5686 {
5687 	return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len,
5688 				IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS,
5689 				IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY);
5690 }
5691 
5692 /**
5693  * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct
5694  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5695  * @bss: the BSS struct to reference
5696  *
5697  * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5698  */
5699 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5700 
5701 /**
5702  * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct
5703  * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to
5704  * @bss: the BSS struct
5705  *
5706  * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct.
5707  */
5708 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5709 
5710 /**
5711  * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures
5712  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5713  * @bss: the bss to remove
5714  *
5715  * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures
5716  * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this
5717  * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time
5718  * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all.
5719  */
5720 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5721 
5722 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
5723 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef)
5724 {
5725 	switch (chandef->width) {
5726 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5:
5727 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5;
5728 	case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10:
5729 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10;
5730 	default:
5731 		return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
5732 	}
5733 }
5734 
5735 /**
5736  * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame
5737  * @dev: network device
5738  * @buf: authentication frame (header + body)
5739  * @len: length of the frame data
5740  *
5741  * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or
5742  * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode.
5743  * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must
5744  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5745  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5746  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5747  * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed
5748  * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used
5749  * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function
5750  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead.
5751  *
5752  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5753  */
5754 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5755 
5756 /**
5757  * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication
5758  * @dev: network device
5759  * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out
5760  *
5761  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's
5762  * mutex.
5763  */
5764 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr);
5765 
5766 /**
5767  * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response
5768  * @dev: network device
5769  * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer
5770  *	moves to cfg80211 in this call
5771  * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body)
5772  * @len: length of the frame data
5773  * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format
5774  *	as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field
5775  * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame
5776  * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data
5777  *
5778  * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must
5779  * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout().
5780  *
5781  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5782  */
5783 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev,
5784 			    struct cfg80211_bss *bss,
5785 			    const u8 *buf, size_t len,
5786 			    int uapsd_queues,
5787 			    const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len);
5788 
5789 /**
5790  * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association
5791  * @dev: network device
5792  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out.
5793  *
5794  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5795  */
5796 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5797 
5798 /**
5799  * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt
5800  * @dev: network device
5801  * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned.
5802  *
5803  * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX,
5804  * an association attempt was abandoned.
5805  * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex.
5806  */
5807 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss);
5808 
5809 /**
5810  * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame
5811  * @dev: network device
5812  * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body)
5813  * @len: length of the frame data
5814  *
5815  * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in
5816  * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and
5817  * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the
5818  * corresponding wdev's mutex.
5819  */
5820 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5821 
5822 /**
5823  * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame
5824  * @dev: network device
5825  * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body)
5826  * @len: length of the frame data
5827  *
5828  * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc
5829  * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the
5830  * frame was not protected. This function may sleep.
5831  */
5832 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev,
5833 				  const u8 *buf, size_t len);
5834 
5835 /**
5836  * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP)
5837  * @dev: network device
5838  * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame
5839  * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used
5840  * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing.
5841  * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets)
5842  * @gfp: allocation flags
5843  *
5844  * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a
5845  * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication()
5846  * primitive.
5847  */
5848 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
5849 				  enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id,
5850 				  const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp);
5851 
5852 /**
5853  * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS
5854  *
5855  * @dev: network device
5856  * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined
5857  * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined
5858  * @gfp: allocation flags
5859  *
5860  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or
5861  * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called,
5862  * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of
5863  * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called
5864  * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is
5865  * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest.
5866  */
5867 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
5868 			  struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp);
5869 
5870 /**
5871  * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate
5872  *
5873  * @dev: network device
5874  * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate
5875  * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate
5876  * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer
5877  * @gfp: allocation flags
5878  *
5879  * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been
5880  * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response.
5881  * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace.
5882  */
5883 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev,
5884 		const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len,
5885 		int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp);
5886 
5887 /**
5888  * DOC: RFkill integration
5889  *
5890  * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers,
5891  * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each
5892  * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated
5893  * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are
5894  * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down.
5895  *
5896  * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they
5897  * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211.
5898  * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here.
5899  */
5900 
5901 /**
5902  * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state
5903  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5904  * @blocked: block status
5905  */
5906 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked);
5907 
5908 /**
5909  * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill
5910  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5911  */
5912 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5913 
5914 /**
5915  * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill
5916  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5917  */
5918 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy);
5919 
5920 /**
5921  * DOC: Vendor commands
5922  *
5923  * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that
5924  * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the
5925  * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with
5926  * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as
5927  * the configuration mechanism.
5928  *
5929  * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array
5930  * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an
5931  * OUI and sub command ID to identify it.
5932  *
5933  * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol
5934  * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular,
5935  * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any
5936  * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection
5937  * managers etc. need.
5938  */
5939 
5940 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5941 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5942 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5943 					   int approxlen);
5944 
5945 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy,
5946 					   struct wireless_dev *wdev,
5947 					   enum nl80211_commands cmd,
5948 					   enum nl80211_attrs attr,
5949 					   unsigned int portid,
5950 					   int vendor_event_idx,
5951 					   int approxlen, gfp_t gfp);
5952 
5953 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp);
5954 
5955 /**
5956  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply
5957  * @wiphy: the wiphy
5958  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
5959  *	be put into the skb
5960  *
5961  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
5962  * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
5963  * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid.
5964  *
5965  * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in
5966  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
5967  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
5968  * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
5969  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
5970  * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute.
5971  * You must not modify the skb in any other way.
5972  *
5973  * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return
5974  * its error code as the result of the doit() operation.
5975  *
5976  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
5977  */
5978 static inline struct sk_buff *
5979 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
5980 {
5981 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
5982 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen);
5983 }
5984 
5985 /**
5986  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb
5987  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
5988  *	cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb()
5989  *
5990  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
5991  * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should
5992  * return the error code.  Note that this function consumes the
5993  * skb regardless of the return value.
5994  *
5995  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
5996  */
5997 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb);
5998 
5999 /**
6000  * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender
6001  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6002  *
6003  * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler.
6004  * Valid to call only there.
6005  */
6006 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy);
6007 
6008 /**
6009  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb
6010  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6011  * @wdev: the wireless device
6012  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6013  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6014  *	be put into the skb
6015  * @gfp: allocation flags
6016  *
6017  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6018  * vendor-specific multicast group.
6019  *
6020  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6021  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6022  * attribute.
6023  *
6024  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6025  * skb to send the event.
6026  *
6027  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6028  */
6029 static inline struct sk_buff *
6030 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6031 			     int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6032 {
6033 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6034 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6035 					  0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6036 }
6037 
6038 /**
6039  * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb
6040  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6041  * @wdev: the wireless device
6042  * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events
6043  * @portid: port ID of the receiver
6044  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6045  *	be put into the skb
6046  * @gfp: allocation flags
6047  *
6048  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to
6049  * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been
6050  * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take
6051  * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes.
6052  *
6053  * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified
6054  * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data
6055  * attribute.
6056  *
6057  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the
6058  * skb to send the event.
6059  *
6060  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6061  */
6062 static inline struct sk_buff *
6063 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6064 				  struct wireless_dev *wdev,
6065 				  unsigned int portid, int approxlen,
6066 				  int event_idx, gfp_t gfp)
6067 {
6068 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR,
6069 					  NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA,
6070 					  portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp);
6071 }
6072 
6073 /**
6074  * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event
6075  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc()
6076  * @gfp: allocation flags
6077  *
6078  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6079  * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it.
6080  */
6081 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6082 {
6083 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6084 }
6085 
6086 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
6087 /**
6088  * DOC: Test mode
6089  *
6090  * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to
6091  * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance,
6092  * factory programming.
6093  *
6094  * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more
6095  * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it.
6096  */
6097 
6098 /**
6099  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply
6100  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6101  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6102  *	be put into the skb
6103  *
6104  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to
6105  * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling
6106  * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid.
6107  *
6108  * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in
6109  * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(),
6110  * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the
6111  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done
6112  * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool
6113  * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You
6114  * must not modify the skb in any other way.
6115  *
6116  * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return
6117  * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation.
6118  *
6119  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6120  */
6121 static inline struct sk_buff *
6122 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen)
6123 {
6124 	return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6125 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen);
6126 }
6127 
6128 /**
6129  * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb
6130  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6131  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb()
6132  *
6133  * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing
6134  * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return
6135  * the error code.  Note that this function consumes the skb
6136  * regardless of the return value.
6137  *
6138  * Return: An error code or 0 on success.
6139  */
6140 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb)
6141 {
6142 	return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb);
6143 }
6144 
6145 /**
6146  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event
6147  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6148  * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will
6149  *	be put into the skb
6150  * @gfp: allocation flags
6151  *
6152  * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the
6153  * testmode multicast group.
6154  *
6155  * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with
6156  * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As
6157  * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the
6158  * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb
6159  * in any other way.
6160  *
6161  * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the
6162  * skb to send the event.
6163  *
6164  * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen.
6165  */
6166 static inline struct sk_buff *
6167 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp)
6168 {
6169 	return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE,
6170 					  NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1,
6171 					  approxlen, gfp);
6172 }
6173 
6174 /**
6175  * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event
6176  * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with
6177  *	cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb()
6178  * @gfp: allocation flags
6179  *
6180  * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated
6181  * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always
6182  * consumes it.
6183  */
6184 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp)
6185 {
6186 	__cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp);
6187 }
6188 
6189 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)	.testmode_cmd = (cmd),
6190 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)	.testmode_dump = (cmd),
6191 #else
6192 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd)
6193 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd)
6194 #endif
6195 
6196 /**
6197  * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params
6198  * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL)
6199  * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets
6200  * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in
6201  *	@erp_next_seq_num is valid.
6202  * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in
6203  *	FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the
6204  *	status for a FILS connection.
6205  * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6206  * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets
6207  * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID
6208  *	used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL).
6209  */
6210 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params {
6211 	const u8 *kek;
6212 	size_t kek_len;
6213 	bool update_erp_next_seq_num;
6214 	u16 erp_next_seq_num;
6215 	const u8 *pmk;
6216 	size_t pmk_len;
6217 	const u8 *pmkid;
6218 };
6219 
6220 /**
6221  * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params
6222  * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6223  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6224  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6225  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6226  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6227  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6228  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6229  *	case.
6230  * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL)
6231  * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through
6232  *	cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). Only one parameter among @bssid and
6233  *	@bss needs to be specified.
6234  * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL)
6235  * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length
6236  * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6237  * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length
6238  * @fils: FILS connection response parameters.
6239  * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6240  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6241  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6242  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6243  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6244  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6245  */
6246 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params {
6247 	int status;
6248 	const u8 *bssid;
6249 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6250 	const u8 *req_ie;
6251 	size_t req_ie_len;
6252 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6253 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6254 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6255 	enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason;
6256 };
6257 
6258 /**
6259  * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6260  *
6261  * @dev: network device
6262  * @params: connection response parameters
6263  * @gfp: allocation flags
6264  *
6265  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6266  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6267  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response
6268  * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(),
6269  * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(),
6270  * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6271  */
6272 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev,
6273 			   struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params,
6274 			   gfp_t gfp);
6275 
6276 /**
6277  * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6278  *
6279  * @dev: network device
6280  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6281  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained
6282  *	through cfg80211_get_bss (may be %NULL)
6283  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6284  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6285  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6286  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6287  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6288  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6289  *	the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a
6290  *	failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame
6291  *	from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to
6292  *	indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code.
6293  *	@timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that
6294  *	case.
6295  * @gfp: allocation flags
6296  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the
6297  *	connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from
6298  *	the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is
6299  *	not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the
6300  *	failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP.
6301  *	This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0).
6302  *
6303  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6304  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6305  * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss
6306  * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among
6307  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6308  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6309  */
6310 static inline void
6311 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6312 		     struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie,
6313 		     size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie,
6314 		     size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp,
6315 		     enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6316 {
6317 	struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params;
6318 
6319 	memset(&params, 0, sizeof(params));
6320 	params.status = status;
6321 	params.bssid = bssid;
6322 	params.bss = bss;
6323 	params.req_ie = req_ie;
6324 	params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len;
6325 	params.resp_ie = resp_ie;
6326 	params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len;
6327 	params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason;
6328 
6329 	cfg80211_connect_done(dev, &params, gfp);
6330 }
6331 
6332 /**
6333  * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result
6334  *
6335  * @dev: network device
6336  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6337  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6338  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6339  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6340  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6341  * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use
6342  *	%WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you
6343  *	the real status code for failures.
6344  * @gfp: allocation flags
6345  *
6346  * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection
6347  * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to
6348  * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only
6349  * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6350  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6351  */
6352 static inline void
6353 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6354 			const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len,
6355 			const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len,
6356 			u16 status, gfp_t gfp)
6357 {
6358 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie,
6359 			     resp_ie_len, status, gfp,
6360 			     NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED);
6361 }
6362 
6363 /**
6364  * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout
6365  *
6366  * @dev: network device
6367  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6368  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6369  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6370  * @gfp: allocation flags
6371  * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout.
6372  *
6373  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed
6374  * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was
6375  * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send
6376  * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while
6377  * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among
6378  * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(),
6379  * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called.
6380  */
6381 static inline void
6382 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6383 			 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp,
6384 			 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason)
6385 {
6386 	cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1,
6387 			     gfp, timeout_reason);
6388 }
6389 
6390 /**
6391  * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information
6392  *
6393  * @channel: the channel of the new AP
6394  * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set)
6395  * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set)
6396  * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL)
6397  * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length
6398  * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL)
6399  * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length
6400  * @fils: FILS related roaming information.
6401  */
6402 struct cfg80211_roam_info {
6403 	struct ieee80211_channel *channel;
6404 	struct cfg80211_bss *bss;
6405 	const u8 *bssid;
6406 	const u8 *req_ie;
6407 	size_t req_ie_len;
6408 	const u8 *resp_ie;
6409 	size_t resp_ie_len;
6410 	struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils;
6411 };
6412 
6413 /**
6414  * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming
6415  *
6416  * @dev: network device
6417  * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info.
6418  * @gfp: allocation flags
6419  *
6420  * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the
6421  * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry.
6422  * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP
6423  * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in
6424  * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where
6425  * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the
6426  * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling
6427  * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released
6428  * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be
6429  * released while diconneting from the current bss.
6430  */
6431 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info,
6432 		     gfp_t gfp);
6433 
6434 /**
6435  * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association
6436  *
6437  * @dev: network device
6438  * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP
6439  * @gfp: allocation flags
6440  *
6441  * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake
6442  * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e.,
6443  * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function
6444  * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(),
6445  * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to
6446  * indicate the 802.11 association.
6447  */
6448 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6449 			      gfp_t gfp);
6450 
6451 /**
6452  * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped
6453  *
6454  * @dev: network device
6455  * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL)
6456  * @ie_len: length of IEs
6457  * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown
6458  * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally
6459  * @gfp: allocation flags
6460  *
6461  * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state
6462  * and not try to connect to any AP any more.
6463  */
6464 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason,
6465 			   const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len,
6466 			   bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp);
6467 
6468 /**
6469  * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start
6470  * @wdev: wireless device
6471  * @cookie: the request cookie
6472  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6473  * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the
6474  *	channel
6475  * @gfp: allocation flags
6476  */
6477 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6478 			       struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6479 			       unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp);
6480 
6481 /**
6482  * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6483  * @wdev: wireless device
6484  * @cookie: the request cookie
6485  * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request)
6486  * @gfp: allocation flags
6487  */
6488 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6489 					struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
6490 					gfp_t gfp);
6491 
6492 /**
6493  * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics.
6494  *
6495  * @sinfo: the station information
6496  * @gfp: allocation flags
6497  */
6498 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6499 
6500 /**
6501  * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info
6502  * @sinfo: the station information
6503  *
6504  * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station
6505  * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on
6506  * the stack.)
6507  */
6508 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo)
6509 {
6510 	kfree(sinfo->pertid);
6511 }
6512 
6513 /**
6514  * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station
6515  *
6516  * @dev: the netdev
6517  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6518  * @sinfo: the station information
6519  * @gfp: allocation flags
6520  */
6521 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6522 		      struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6523 
6524 /**
6525  * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6526  * @dev: the netdev
6527  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6528  * @sinfo: the station information/statistics
6529  * @gfp: allocation flags
6530  */
6531 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6532 			    struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp);
6533 
6534 /**
6535  * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station
6536  *
6537  * @dev: the netdev
6538  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6539  * @gfp: allocation flags
6540  */
6541 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev,
6542 				    const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp)
6543 {
6544 	cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp);
6545 }
6546 
6547 /**
6548  * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification
6549  *
6550  * @dev: the netdev
6551  * @mac_addr: the station's address
6552  * @reason: the reason for connection failure
6553  * @gfp: allocation flags
6554  *
6555  * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station
6556  * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection
6557  * for some reasons, this function is called.
6558  *
6559  * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from
6560  * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum
6561  */
6562 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr,
6563 			  enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason,
6564 			  gfp_t gfp);
6565 
6566 /**
6567  * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame
6568  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6569  * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz
6570  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6571  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6572  * @len: length of the frame data
6573  * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
6574  *
6575  * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station
6576  * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel.
6577  *
6578  * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame.
6579  * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized
6580  * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the
6581  * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame.
6582  */
6583 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm,
6584 		      const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags);
6585 
6586 /**
6587  * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame
6588  * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame
6589  * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx()
6590  * @buf: Management frame (header + body)
6591  * @len: length of the frame data
6592  * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged
6593  * @gfp: context flags
6594  *
6595  * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be
6596  * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the
6597  * transmission attempt.
6598  */
6599 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie,
6600 			     const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp);
6601 
6602 
6603 /**
6604  * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame
6605  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6606  * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame.  It is assumed that the skbuf
6607  *	is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header).  The skb can be non-linear.
6608  *	This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is
6609  *	responsible for any cleanup.  The caller must also ensure that
6610  *	skb->protocol is set appropriately.
6611  * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted
6612  *
6613  * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port
6614  * frame.  It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive
6615  * control port frames over nl80211.
6616  *
6617  * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all
6618  * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame).
6619  *
6620  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace
6621  */
6622 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev,
6623 			      struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted);
6624 
6625 /**
6626  * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event
6627  * @dev: network device
6628  * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event
6629  * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
6630  * @gfp: context flags
6631  *
6632  * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring
6633  * rssi threshold reached event occurs.
6634  */
6635 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6636 			      enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
6637 			      s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp);
6638 
6639 /**
6640  * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer
6641  * @dev: network device
6642  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6643  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold
6644  *	but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent
6645  *	threshold (to account for temporary interference)
6646  * @gfp: context flags
6647  */
6648 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6649 				 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp);
6650 
6651 /**
6652  * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event
6653  * @dev: network device
6654  * @peer: peer's MAC address
6655  * @num_packets: how many packets were lost
6656  * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission
6657  * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached.
6658  * @gfp: context flags
6659  *
6660  * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a
6661  * given interval is exceeded.
6662  */
6663 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6664 			     u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp);
6665 
6666 /**
6667  * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event
6668  * @dev: network device
6669  * @gfp: context flags
6670  *
6671  * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP.
6672  */
6673 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp);
6674 
6675 /**
6676  * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event
6677  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6678  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6679  * @gfp: context flags
6680  *
6681  * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl.
6682  */
6683 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6684 			  struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp);
6685 
6686 /**
6687  * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event
6688  * @dev: network device
6689  * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified
6690  * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value
6691  * @gfp: context flags
6692  *
6693  * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action
6694  * frame.
6695  */
6696 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac,
6697 				       struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode,
6698 				       gfp_t gfp);
6699 
6700 /**
6701  * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event
6702  * @netdev: network device
6703  * @chandef: chandef for the current channel
6704  * @event: type of event
6705  * @gfp: context flags
6706  *
6707  * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished
6708  * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process,
6709  * also by full-MAC drivers.
6710  */
6711 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6712 			const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6713 			enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp);
6714 
6715 
6716 /**
6717  * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying
6718  * @dev: network device
6719  * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races)
6720  * @replay_ctr: new replay counter
6721  * @gfp: allocation flags
6722  */
6723 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid,
6724 			       const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
6725 
6726 /**
6727  * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate
6728  * @dev: network device
6729  * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority)
6730  * @bssid: BSSID of AP
6731  * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication
6732  * @gfp: allocation flags
6733  */
6734 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index,
6735 				     const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp);
6736 
6737 /**
6738  * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame
6739  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6740  * @addr: the transmitter address
6741  * @gfp: context flags
6742  *
6743  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6744  * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the
6745  * sender.
6746  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6747  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6748  */
6749 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6750 				const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6751 
6752 /**
6753  * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame
6754  * @dev: The device the frame matched to
6755  * @addr: the transmitter address
6756  * @gfp: context flags
6757  *
6758  * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that
6759  * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected.
6760  * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each
6761  * station to avoid event flooding.
6762  * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed
6763  * for a reason other than not having a subscription.)
6764  */
6765 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev,
6766 					const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp);
6767 
6768 /**
6769  * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status
6770  * @dev: the device the probe was sent on
6771  * @addr: the address of the peer
6772  * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously
6773  * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not
6774  * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame.
6775  * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not.
6776  * @gfp: allocation flags
6777  */
6778 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr,
6779 			   u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal,
6780 			   bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp);
6781 
6782 /**
6783  * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs
6784  * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon
6785  * @frame: the frame
6786  * @len: length of the frame
6787  * @freq: frequency the frame was received on
6788  * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown
6789  *
6790  * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was
6791  * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no
6792  * netdev that is in AP/GO mode.
6793  */
6794 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6795 				 const u8 *frame, size_t len,
6796 				 int freq, int sig_dbm);
6797 
6798 /**
6799  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed
6800  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6801  * @chandef: the channel definition
6802  * @iftype: interface type
6803  *
6804  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6805  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.)
6806  */
6807 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6808 			     struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6809 			     enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6810 
6811 /**
6812  * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation
6813  * @wiphy: the wiphy
6814  * @chandef: the channel definition
6815  * @iftype: interface type
6816  *
6817  * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s)
6818  * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version
6819  * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under
6820  * more permissive conditions.
6821  *
6822  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6823  */
6824 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy,
6825 				   struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6826 				   enum nl80211_iftype iftype);
6827 
6828 /*
6829  * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace
6830  * @dev: the device which switched channels
6831  * @chandef: the new channel definition
6832  *
6833  * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable
6834  * driver context!
6835  */
6836 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6837 			       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
6838 
6839 /*
6840  * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start
6841  * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started
6842  * @chandef: the future channel definition
6843  * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens
6844  *
6845  * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just
6846  * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting
6847  * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary.
6848  */
6849 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev,
6850 				       struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6851 				       u8 count);
6852 
6853 /**
6854  * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band
6855  *
6856  * @operating_class: the operating class to convert
6857  * @band: band pointer to fill
6858  *
6859  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6860  */
6861 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class,
6862 				       enum nl80211_band *band);
6863 
6864 /**
6865  * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class
6866  *
6867  * @chandef: the chandef to convert
6868  * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class
6869  *
6870  * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise.
6871  */
6872 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
6873 					  u8 *op_class);
6874 
6875 /*
6876  * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation
6877  * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested
6878  * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device
6879  * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or
6880  *	NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN)
6881  * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request
6882  * @gfp: allocation flags
6883  *
6884  * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that
6885  * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP
6886  * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use
6887  * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g.,
6888  * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer).
6889  */
6890 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer,
6891 				enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6892 				u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
6893 
6894 /*
6895  * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units)
6896  * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from
6897  *
6898  * return 0 if MCS index >= 32
6899  */
6900 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate);
6901 
6902 /**
6903  * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev
6904  * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove
6905  *
6906  * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned,
6907  * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that
6908  * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function
6909  * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by
6910  * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also
6911  * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g.
6912  * when the device is unbound from the driver.
6913  *
6914  * Requires the RTNL to be held.
6915  */
6916 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
6917 
6918 /**
6919  * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements
6920  * @ies: FT IEs
6921  * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes
6922  * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address
6923  * @ric_ies: RIC IE
6924  * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes
6925  */
6926 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params {
6927 	const u8 *ies;
6928 	size_t ies_len;
6929 	const u8 *target_ap;
6930 	const u8 *ric_ies;
6931 	size_t ric_ies_len;
6932 };
6933 
6934 /**
6935  * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE
6936  * @netdev: network device
6937  * @ft_event: IE information
6938  */
6939 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev,
6940 		       struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event);
6941 
6942 /**
6943  * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer
6944  * @ies: the input IE buffer
6945  * @len: the input length
6946  * @attr: the attribute ID to find
6947  * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g.
6948  *	if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size
6949  * @bufsize: size of the output buffer
6950  *
6951  * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and
6952  * copies its contents to the given buffer.
6953  *
6954  * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is
6955  * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the
6956  * length of the found attribute (which can be zero).
6957  */
6958 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len,
6959 			  enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr,
6960 			  u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize);
6961 
6962 /**
6963  * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC)
6964  * @ies: the IE buffer
6965  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6966  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6967  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
6968  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
6969  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
6970  * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element
6971  * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array
6972  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
6973  *
6974  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
6975  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
6976  * split.
6977  *
6978  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
6979  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
6980  *
6981  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
6982  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
6983  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
6984  *
6985  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
6986  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
6987  * of the buffer should be used.
6988  */
6989 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
6990 			      const u8 *ids, int n_ids,
6991 			      const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric,
6992 			      size_t offset);
6993 
6994 /**
6995  * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering
6996  * @ies: the IE buffer
6997  * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer
6998  * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before
6999  *	the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next
7000  *	EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE.
7001  * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array
7002  * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer
7003  *
7004  * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset
7005  * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be
7006  * split.
7007  *
7008  * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this
7009  * has to be guaranteed by the caller!
7010  *
7011  * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered
7012  * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not
7013  * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering.
7014  *
7015  * The function returns the offset where the next part of the
7016  * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder)
7017  * of the buffer should be used.
7018  */
7019 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen,
7020 					const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset)
7021 {
7022 	return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset);
7023 }
7024 
7025 /**
7026  * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN
7027  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup
7028  * @wakeup: the wakeup report
7029  * @gfp: allocation flags
7030  *
7031  * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it
7032  * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may
7033  * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something
7034  * else caused the wakeup.
7035  */
7036 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7037 				   struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
7038 				   gfp_t gfp);
7039 
7040 /**
7041  * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver.
7042  *
7043  * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped.
7044  * @gfp: allocation flags
7045  *
7046  * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted
7047  * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given
7048  * by .crit_proto_start() has expired.
7049  */
7050 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp);
7051 
7052 /**
7053  * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has
7054  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7055  *
7056  * Return: the number of channels supported by the device.
7057  */
7058 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7059 
7060 /**
7061  * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations
7062  *
7063  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7064  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7065  *
7066  * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a
7067  * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to
7068  * the interface combinations.
7069  */
7070 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7071 				struct iface_combination_params *params);
7072 
7073 /**
7074  * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations
7075  *
7076  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7077  * @params: the interface combinations parameter
7078  * @iter: function to call for each matching combination
7079  * @data: pointer to pass to iter function
7080  *
7081  * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible
7082  * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching
7083  * purposes.
7084  */
7085 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7086 			       struct iface_combination_params *params,
7087 			       void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c,
7088 					    void *data),
7089 			       void *data);
7090 
7091 /*
7092  * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection
7093  *
7094  * @wiphy: the wiphy
7095  * @wdev: wireless device
7096  * @gfp: context flags
7097  *
7098  * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA
7099  * disconnected.
7100  *
7101  * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous.
7102  */
7103 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7104 			 gfp_t gfp);
7105 
7106 /**
7107  * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy
7108  * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down
7109  *
7110  * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by
7111  * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed).
7112  * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors
7113  * that really can't be recovered in any other way.
7114  *
7115  * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into
7116  * the driver while the function is running.
7117  */
7118 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy);
7119 
7120 /**
7121  * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag
7122  *
7123  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7124  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7125  *
7126  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7127  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7128  */
7129 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7130 					 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7131 {
7132 	u8 *ft_byte;
7133 
7134 	ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7135 	*ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8);
7136 }
7137 
7138 /**
7139  * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag
7140  *
7141  * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify.
7142  * @ftidx: extended feature bit index.
7143  *
7144  * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see
7145  * &struct wiphy.@ext_features)
7146  */
7147 static inline bool
7148 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy,
7149 			enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx)
7150 {
7151 	u8 ft_byte;
7152 
7153 	ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8];
7154 	return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0;
7155 }
7156 
7157 /**
7158  * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function
7159  * @f: NAN function that should be freed
7160  *
7161  * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members.
7162  */
7163 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f);
7164 
7165 /**
7166  * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters
7167  * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is
7168  *	 %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber.
7169  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery
7170  *	 result.
7171  *	 If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up.
7172  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7173  * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function
7174  * @addr: the MAC address of the peer
7175  * @info_len: the length of the &info
7176  * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any)
7177  * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function
7178  */
7179 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params {
7180 	enum nl80211_nan_function_type type;
7181 	u8 inst_id;
7182 	u8 peer_inst_id;
7183 	const u8 *addr;
7184 	u8 info_len;
7185 	const u8 *info;
7186 	u64 cookie;
7187 };
7188 
7189 /**
7190  * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function.
7191  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7192  * @match: match notification parameters
7193  * @gfp: allocation flags
7194  *
7195  * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This
7196  * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that
7197  * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received.
7198  */
7199 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7200 			struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp);
7201 
7202 /**
7203  * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
7204  *
7205  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match
7206  * @inst_id: the local instance id
7207  * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
7208  * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier
7209  * @gfp: allocation flags
7210  *
7211  * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated.
7212  */
7213 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7214 				  u8 inst_id,
7215 				  enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
7216 				  u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp);
7217 
7218 /* ethtool helper */
7219 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info);
7220 
7221 /**
7222  * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication
7223  * @netdev: network device
7224  * @params: External authentication parameters
7225  * @gfp: allocation flags
7226  * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error
7227  */
7228 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev,
7229 				   struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params,
7230 				   gfp_t gfp);
7231 
7232 /**
7233  * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data
7234  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7235  * @req: the original measurement request
7236  * @result: the result data
7237  * @gfp: allocation flags
7238  */
7239 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7240 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7241 			  struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result,
7242 			  gfp_t gfp);
7243 
7244 /**
7245  * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed
7246  * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement
7247  * @req: the original measurement request
7248  * @gfp: allocation flags
7249  *
7250  * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this
7251  * the request pointer will no longer be valid.
7252  */
7253 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev,
7254 			    struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req,
7255 			    gfp_t gfp);
7256 
7257 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */
7258 
7259 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */
7260 
7261 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...)		\
7262 	dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7263 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7264 	dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7265 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7266 	dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7267 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7268 	dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7269 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7270 	dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7271 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7272 	dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7273 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7274 	dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7275 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7276 	dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7277 
7278 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7279 	dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7280 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...)		\
7281 	dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7282 
7283 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7284 	wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args)
7285 
7286 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7287 	dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args)
7288 
7289 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG)
7290 #define wiphy_vdbg	wiphy_dbg
7291 #else
7292 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...)				\
7293 ({									\
7294 	if (0)								\
7295 		wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args);	\
7296 	0;								\
7297 })
7298 #endif
7299 
7300 /*
7301  * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference
7302  * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the
7303  * file/line information and a backtrace.
7304  */
7305 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...)			\
7306 	WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args);
7307 
7308 /**
7309  * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space
7310  * @netdev: network device
7311  * @owe_info: peer's owe info
7312  * @gfp: allocation flags
7313  */
7314 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev,
7315 				    struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info,
7316 				    gfp_t gfp);
7317 
7318 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */
7319